WO2003086294A2 - 1h-benzo[f]indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators - Google Patents

1h-benzo[f]indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003086294A2
WO2003086294A2 PCT/US2003/010867 US0310867W WO03086294A2 WO 2003086294 A2 WO2003086294 A2 WO 2003086294A2 US 0310867 W US0310867 W US 0310867W WO 03086294 A2 WO03086294 A2 WO 03086294A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
halo
optionally substituted
independently selected
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/010867
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2003086294A3 (en
Inventor
Amjad Ali
James M. Balkovec
Donald W. Graham
Christopher F. Thompson
Nazia Quraishi
Original Assignee
Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck & Co., Inc. filed Critical Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority to JP2003583321A priority Critical patent/JP4570878B2/en
Priority to US10/508,897 priority patent/US7282591B2/en
Priority to AU2003221706A priority patent/AU2003221706B2/en
Priority to AT03718285T priority patent/ATE496620T1/en
Priority to EP03718285A priority patent/EP1496892B1/en
Priority to DE60335869T priority patent/DE60335869D1/en
Priority to CA002481320A priority patent/CA2481320A1/en
Publication of WO2003086294A2 publication Critical patent/WO2003086294A2/en
Publication of WO2003086294A3 publication Critical patent/WO2003086294A3/en
Priority to US11/904,186 priority patent/US7625937B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16Otologicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04Immunostimulants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/10Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/10Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms

Definitions

  • Intracellular receptors are a class of structurally related proteins involved in the regulation of gene expression.
  • the steroid hormone receptors are a subset of this superfamily whose natural ligands are typically comprised of endogenous steroids such as estradiol, progesterone, and cortisol.
  • Man-made ligands to these receptors play an important role in human health and, of these receptors, the glucocorticoid receptor has an essential role in regulating human physiology and immune response.
  • Steroids that interact with the glucocorticoid receptor have been shown to be potent antfinflammatory agents.
  • the present invention is directed to a novel class of compounds that are selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators that have potent ani-inflammatory and immunosupresive activity and possess advantages over steroidal glucocorticoid ligands with respect to side effects, efficacy, toxicity and/or metabolism.
  • the present invention encompasses compounds of Formula I:
  • the present invention encompasses a compound represented by Formula I
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • J is selected from NRl or C(R1)(R2);
  • K is selected from NR3 or C(R3)(R4) ;
  • L is selected from NR5 or C(R5)(R6) ;
  • X is a bond, -C(O), -N(Rl4)-, -N(Rl4)-C(O)-, or .
  • Rl, R ⁇ and RlO are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • Ci_6alkyl-S(O) - wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
  • items (1) to (6) above and the alkyl portions of items (8), (10) and (17) above and the alkenyl portion of item (13) above and the alkynyl portion of item (14) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4) 2 , C3-6cycloalkyl, C ⁇ _6alkyl-S(O)k- and aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, and
  • R% and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8- membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NR14, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds;
  • R2, R3 ; R4, R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • Ci-6alkyl-S(O)k- wherein k is 0, 1 or 2
  • Rl and R3 or R3 and R5 may be joined together to form a double bond
  • R7 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen,
  • aralkyl wherein item (3) above and the alkyl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4) 2 , and
  • Y is sele cted from the group consisting of:
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Ci_i2alkyl and aryl, wherein C ⁇ _i2alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituents with halo, or when Y is OR9 then R8 and R9 may be joined together to form a carbonyl group;
  • each RU and Rl2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • each Rl and Rl4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_4alkyl and C2-4alkenyl, each of said Ci-4alkyl and C2-4alkenyl optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, Ci_4alkoxy, aryl, C3_6cycloalkyl, CN and C ⁇ _4alkyl-S(O)k, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2;
  • each Rl5 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, C ⁇ _6alkyl, aryl and C ⁇ _i2alkoxycarbonyl, wherein said Ci- ⁇ alkyl and C ⁇ _ i2alkoxycarbonyl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and said aryl is optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and Ci_4alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups; and
  • HET is a 5- to 10-membered aromatic, partially aromatic or non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring, containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, and optionally substituted with 1-2 oxo groups.
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • J is selected from NRl or C(R1)(R2);
  • K is selected from NR3 or C(R3)(R4) ;
  • L is selected from NR5 or C(R5)(R6) ;
  • X is a bond, -C(O), -N(Rl4)-, -N(Rl4)-C(O)-, or , rXX y ,.
  • Rl, R 8 and RlO are each independently selected from the group isting of:
  • items (1) to (6) above and the alkyl portions of items (8) and (10) above and the alkenyl portion of item (13) above and the alkynyl portion of item (14) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3_6cycloalkyl and C ⁇ _6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, and wherein items (7), (9), (11) and (12) above and aryl portion of items (8), (13) and (14) above and the HET portion of item (10) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • R8 and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8- membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NR14, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds;
  • R2, R3 ? R4 ; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • Ci-6alkoxy (8) Ci-6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
  • Ci_6alkyl-HET wherein items (3) to (8) above and the alkyl portions of items (10) and (12) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2 and Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2; and
  • R7 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen,
  • aralkyl wherein item (3) above and the alkyl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4) 2 , and
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen, (2) -O-R9,
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Ci_i2alkyl and aryl, wherein Ci_i2alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituents with halo, or when Y is OR9 then R8 and R9 may be joined together to form a carbonyl group;
  • each RU and Rl2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • items (2) to (4) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR12, N(Rl )2 and Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2;
  • each Rl3 and Rl4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C ⁇ _4alkyl, optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with halo;
  • each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Ci_6alkyl, aryl and Ci_i2alkoxycarbonyl, wherein said Ci-6alkyl and C ⁇ _ 12alkoxycarbonyl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and said aryl is optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and Ci_4alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups.
  • Rl2 in Formula I may or may not be present. When present, one or two Rl2 groups may occupy the following positions:
  • Rl2 groups may reside on the same carbon atom.
  • Rl 1 groups may reside on the same carbon atom.
  • R8 and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8-membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NRl4, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds, which means, for example, the following:
  • R8 and R may be joined together to form a carbonyl group, which means the following:
  • J is NRl
  • K is NR3
  • L is C(R5)(R6)
  • R3 and R are joined together to form a double bond.
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein the optional double bond shown in ring A of the compound of Formula I is present.
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein Rl is aryl or HET, said aryl or HET optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein R8 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein X is a bond.
  • Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k- wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, wherein items (1) to (6) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3_6cycloalkyl and C ⁇ _6alkyl-S(O)k, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2.
  • RlO is selected from the group consisting of: (1) phenyl (2) naphthyl,
  • RlO is HET or -C ⁇ _4alkyl-HET wherein HET is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of
  • X is a bond
  • R8 and RlO are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • Ci_6alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy
  • R8 is additionally selected from hydrogen
  • each RU is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • Rl4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C ⁇ _4alkyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula II wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or Ci_ 4alkyl.
  • Another embodiemnt of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula HI:
  • n 0 or 1
  • R8 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R9 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R8 and R may be joined together with the oxygen atom shown in Formula m to form a carbonyl group
  • RlO is selected from the group consisting of:
  • groups (1) to (9) are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consistingof :
  • Rll is hydrogen or halo.
  • n 0 or 1
  • RlO is selected from the group consisting of: (1) -CH(ORl3)-aryl, wherein aryl is phenyl or napthyl,
  • Rl3 is hydrogen or methyl
  • HET is selected from the group consisting of: (1) pyridyl, (2) furyl or benzofuryl,
  • aryl or HET are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consistingof:
  • Rl 1 is hydrogen or halo.
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for treating a glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition in a mammalian patient in need of such treatment comprising administering the patient a compoud of Formula I in an amount that is effective for treating the glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition.
  • the glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of: tissue rejection, leukemias, lymphomas, Cushing's syndrome, acute adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, polyarteritis nodosa, granulomatous polyarteritis, inhibition of myeloid cell lines, immune proliferation/apoptosis, HPA axis suppression and regulation, hypercortisolemia, stroke and spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hypergylcemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, chronic primary adrenal insufficiency, secondary adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, obesity, metabolic syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, polyartitis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis,
  • Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a method of selectively modulating the activation, repression, agonism and antagonism effects of the glucocorticoid receptor in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula I in an amount that is effective to modulate the glucocorticoid receptor.
  • halogen or halo includes F, Cl, Br, and I.
  • alkyl means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
  • Ci- ⁇ alkyl includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, s- and t-butyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, 1,1- dimethylethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • alkoxy means alkoxy groups of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
  • C ⁇ _6alkoxy for example, includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, and the like.
  • alkylthio means alkylthio groups having the indicated number of carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration.
  • 6alkylthio for example, includes methylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, and the like.
  • alkenyl means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to-carbon double bond, wherein hydrogen may be replaced by an additional carbon-to-carbon double bond.
  • C2-6 a lkenyl for example, includes ethenyl, propenyl,
  • alkynyl means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to-carbon triple bond.
  • C3_6alkynyl for example, includes , propenyl, 1- methylethenyl, butenyl and the like.
  • cycloalkyl means mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic structures, optionally combined with linear or branched structures, the indicated number of carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclododecylmethyl, 2-ethyl-l- bicyclo[4.4.0]decyl, and the like.
  • aryl is defined as a mono- or bi-cyclic aromatic ring system and includes, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
  • aralkyl means an alkyl group as defined above of 1 to 6 carbon atoms with an aryl group as defined above substituted for one of the alkyl hydrogen atoms, for example, benzyl and the like.
  • aryloxy means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aryl-O) and includes, for example, phenoxy, naphthoxy and the like.
  • aralkoxy means an aralkyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aralkyl-O) and includes, for example, benzyloxy, and the like.
  • arylthio is defined as an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an sulfur atom (aryl-S) and includes, for example, thiophenyoxy, thionaphthoxy and the like.
  • aroyl means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an carbonyl group (aryl-C(O)-) and includes, for example, benzoyl, naphthoyl and the like.
  • aroyloxy means an aroyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aroyl-O) and includes, for example, benzoyloxy or benzoxy, naphthoyloxy and the like.
  • HET is defined as a 5- to 10-membered aromatic, partially aromatic or non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring, containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, and optionally substituted with 1-2 oxo groups.
  • HET is a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic monocyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, for example, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, furan, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, isooxazole and the like, or HET is a 9- or 10- membered aromatic or partially aromatic bicyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, for example, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, pyranopyrrole, benzopyran, quionoline, benzocyclohexyl, naphtyridine and the like.
  • HAT also includes the following: benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, cinnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, indolazinyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridopyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolyl, quinoxalinyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thien
  • each reference to a group is independent of all other references to the same group when referred to in the Specification.
  • Rl and R are HET
  • the definitions of HET are independent of each other and Rl and R2 may be different HET groups, for example furan and thiophene.
  • the term "treating" encompasses not only treating a patient to relieve the patient of the signs and symptoms of the disease or condition but also prophylactically treating an asymptomatic patient to prevent the onset of the disease or condition or preventing, slowing or reversing the progression of the disease or condition.
  • amount effective for treating is intended to mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, a system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • amount of a pharmaceutical drug that will prevent or reduce the risk of occurrence of the biological or medical event that is sought to be prevented in a tissue, a system, animal or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • AIBN 2.2 -azobisisobutyronitrile
  • CC1 4 carbon tetrachloride
  • DIBAL diisobutyl aluminum hydride
  • LDA lithium diisopropylamide
  • m-CPBA metachloroperbenzoic acid
  • NBS N-bromosuccinimide
  • NSAID non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • PCC pyridinium chlorochromate
  • Some of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers.
  • the present invention is meant to comprehend such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure forms and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N -dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2- diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N- ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, and the like.
  • basic ion exchange resins such
  • salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids.
  • acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like.
  • Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
  • prophylactic or therapeutic dose of a compound of Formula I will, of course, vary with the nature and the severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound of Formula I and its route of administration. It will also vary according to a variety of factors including the age, weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and response of the individual patient. In general, the daily dose from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight of a mammal, preferably 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg. On the other hand, it may be necessary to use dosages outside these limits in some cases.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • a formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain from about 0.5 mg to about 5 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition.
  • Dosage unit forms will generally contain from about 1 mg to about 2 g of an active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg, or 1000 mg.
  • the compound of Formula I may be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non- toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrastemal injection or infusion techniques.
  • warmblooded animals such as mice, rats, horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, cats, etc.
  • the compound of the invention is effective in the treatment of humans.
  • compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs.
  • Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Patent 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water-miscible solvents such as propylene glycol, PEGs and ethanol, or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more colouring agents, one or more flavouring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • preservatives for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • colouring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • flavouring agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • sweetening agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
  • a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol,
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavouring and colouring agents.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • Cosolvents such as ethanol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycols may also be used, hi addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • the compounds of Formula I may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug.
  • These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ambient temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ambient temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
  • creams, ointments, gels, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing a compound of Formula I are employed. (For purposes of this application, topical application shall include mouth washes and gargles.)
  • Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, cosolvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
  • the compounds of Formula I are useful to treat, prevent or ameliorate the following diseases or conditions: inflammation, tissue rejection, auto-immunity, various malianancies, such as leukemias and lymphomas, Cushing's syndrome, acute adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, polyarteritis nodosa, granulomatous polyarteritis, inhibition of myeloid cell lines, immune proliferation/apoptosis, HPA axis suppression and regulation, hypercortisolemia, stroke and spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hypergylcemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, chronic primary adrenal insufficiency, secondary adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's
  • the compounds of the present invention are also useful for treating, preventing or reversing the progression of disease states involving systemic inflammation such as inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, polyartitis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, uveitis, hay fever, allergic rhinitis, urticaria, angioneurotic edema, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, tendonitis, bursitis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, organ transplantation, hepatitis, and cirrhosis.
  • systemic inflammation such as inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, polyartitis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis, rheumatoi
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful for treating, preventing or reversing the progression of a variety of topical diseases such as inflammatory scalp alopecia, panniculitis, psoriasis, discoid lupus erythematosus, inflamed cysts, atopic dermatitis, pyoderma gangrenosum, pemphigus vulgaris, buflous pernphigoid, systemic lupus erythematosus, dermatomyositis, herpes gestationis, eosinophilic fasciitis, relapsing polychondritis, inflammatory vasculitis, sarcoidosis, Sweet's disease, type I reactive leprosy, capillary hemangiomas, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, lichen planus, exfoliative dermatitus, erythema nodosum, acne, hirsutism, toxic epidermal ne
  • the compounds of the present invention are also useful in treating, preventing or reversing the progression of disease states associated with Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), cell apoptosis, and cancer including, but not limited to, Kaposi's sarcoma, immune system activation and modulation, desensitization of inflammatory responses, UL- 1 expression, natural killer cell development, lymphocytic leukemia, and treatment of retinitis pigmentosa.
  • Cogitive and behavioral processes are also susceptible to glucocorticoid therapy where antagonists would potentially be useful in the treatment of processes such as cognitive performance, memory and learning enhancement, depression, addiction, mood disorders, chronic fatigue syndrome, schizophrenia, stroke, sleep disorders, and anxiety.
  • the invention also encompasses a method for treating a glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease comprising concomitantly administering to a patient in need of such treatment a compound of Formula I and one or additional more agents.
  • the compounds of Formula I may be combined with one or more agents selected from the group consisting of: ⁇ -agonists (e.g., salmeterol), theophylline, anticholinergics (e.g., atropine and ipratropium bromide), cromolyn, nedocromil and leukotriene modifiers (e.g., montelukast).
  • the compounds of Formula I may be combined with one or the following: a salicylate, including acetylsalicylic acid, a non-steroidal antiinflammatory drug, including indomethacin, sulindac, mefenamic, meclofenamic, tolfenamic, tolmetin, ketorolac, dicofenac, ibuprofen, naproxen, fenoprofen, ketoprofen, flurbiprofin and oxaprozin, a TNF inhibitor, including etanercept and infliximab, an IL-1 receptor antagonist, a cytotoxic or immunosuppressive drug, including methotrexate, leflunomide, azathioprine and cyclosporine, a gold compound, hydroxychloroquine or sulfasalazine, penicillamine, darbufelone, and a p38 kinase inhibitor.
  • a salicylate including acety
  • ketal ii is added to a solution of the Wieland-Miescher ketone i in ethylene glycol to give ketal ii.
  • Ethyl formate and sodium hydride are added to ketal ii in an organic solvent such as anhydrous benzene to afford hydroxyketone iii.
  • the hydroxyketone iii is dissolved in an appropriate acid such as glacial acetic acid and the appropriate hydrazine such as p-fluorophenylhyradzine hydrocloride and appropriate base such as sodium acetate is added to give pyrazole ketal iv.
  • the pyrazole ketal iv is dissolved in an aprotic solvent such as THF and an aqeuous acid such as aqeuous 6N HCl is added to yield the ketone v.
  • Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl amide) is added to (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosponium chloride in an aprotic solvent such as THF.
  • Ketone v is added to afford compound vi.
  • Rl0-Li is added in an aprotic solvent such as THF at low temperature to yield the final product vii.
  • melting points are uncorrected and 'd' indicates decomposition; the melting points given are those obtained for the materials prepared as described; polymorphism may result in isolation of materials with different melting points in some preparations;
  • NMR data when given, NMR data is in the form of delta ( ⁇ ) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 500 MHz or 600 MHz using the indicated solvent; conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. broad; etc.: in addition "Ar" signifies an aromatic signal;
  • Ketone C was prepared in the same manner as ketone A.
  • Step 1 Addition of Aryl or Vinyl Lithium Reagents to Aldehyde B
  • Step 1 Oxidation to the ketone.
  • Step 2 Reduction of ketone.
  • Step 1 Addition of Aryl Lithium to Aldehyde B.
  • Step 1 Alkylation of Example 73.
  • Example 73 (10.5 mg, 0.025 mmol) and Cs 2 CO 3 (32.4 mg, 0.100 mmol) were combined in a 10 mL flask and DMF (1 mL) was added. Allyl iodide (5 ⁇ L, 0.055 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Next, the reaction was poured into H 2 O (5 mL) and the aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (40% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 11.4 mg (99%) of Example 74.
  • TESOTf (1.08 mL, 4.08 mmol).
  • the reaction was stined at room temperature for 6 h, quenched with 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with saturated ⁇ aHCO 3 and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford I which was used directly in the next reaction without further characterization.
  • LCMS 329; (M+l) + .
  • Fluoroaldehyde diastereomer J (17.6 mg, 0.054 mmol) was dissolved in THF (2mL) and cooled to -78 °C.
  • BnMgCl (536 ⁇ L of a 1 M solution in Et 2 O, 0.536 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe.
  • the reaction was warmed to 0 °C for 10 min and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (500 ⁇ L) and poured into saturated NF iCl (10 mL).
  • the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50mL).
  • the organic layer was washed with H 2 O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na 2 SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the two other possible diastereomers of 82 were prepared in similar manner from the more polar fluoroaldehyde diastereomer K.
  • Fluoroaldehyde K (28.7 mg, 0.0875 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. 4-fiuorobenzyl magnesium bromide (218 ⁇ L of a 2.0 M solution in diethyl ether, 0.438 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 hour and then quenched with saturated NF ⁇ Cl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H 2 O and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 1
  • Step 1 Addition of Aryl Lithium to Fluoroaldehyde L.
  • Example 22 (165.9 mg, 0.412 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (20 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. 2,6-lutidine (265 ⁇ L, 2.27 mmol) and TBDMSOTf (142 ⁇ L, 0.618 mmol) were added and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 16 h, additional 2,6-lutidine (300 ⁇ L, 2.58 mmol) and TBDMSOTf (300 ⁇ L, 1.31 mmol) were added to the reaction. The reaction was stined for an additional 3 h and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (1 mL).
  • Ketone A (18.6 mg, 0.063 mmol) was dissolved in THF and cooled to
  • Example 93 (20 mg, 0.051 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (5 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C. Phenyl lithium (300 ⁇ L of a 1.8 M solution in Et 2 O (0.53 mmol)) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined for 1 h at -78 °C and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (500 ⁇ L). The cold solution was poured into saturated NHtCl (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with H 2 O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na 2 S0 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Example 93 (20 mg, 0.051 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (5 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C. Methyl lithium (760 ⁇ L of a 1.4 M solution in Et 2 O) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined for 3 h at - 78 °C and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (1 mL). The cold solution was poured into saturated NHiCl (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with H 2 0 and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Example 95 (6.2 mg, 0.015 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (7 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (19 ⁇ L, 0.15 mmol) and triethylsilane (24 ⁇ L, 0.15 mmol) were added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined for 1 h at 0 °C and then quenched with saturated NaHCO 3 (2 mL). The solution was poured into H 2 O (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (75 mL).
  • Example 35 and TPAP and NMO were processed as in Example 93 to provide the desired compound.
  • R f 0.40 (25% EtOAc/hexanes).
  • LCMS 393; (M+l) + .
  • Example 97 and MeLi were processed as in Example 95 to provide the desired compound.
  • R f 0.30 (25% EtOAc/hexanes).
  • LCMS 403; (M+l) + .
  • Step 1 Addition of Lithium Reagents generated by deprotonation with BuLi to Aldehyde F
  • Step 1 Addition of Lithium Reagents generated by deprotonation with BuLi to Aldehyde B
  • Example 88 (10.0 mg, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and NaBELi (15 mg, 0.125 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 2 hours and then quenched with saturated NH 4 CI (1 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H 2 O and brine (5 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by PTLC to afford 7.9 mg (79%) of alcohol as a 3:1 mixture of diastereomers favoring 150 over 22.
  • Example 22 (21.3 mg, 0.053 mmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and PtO 2 (6 mg) was added. The solution was placed under H 2 and stirred at room temperature. After 3 hours, the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 7.7 mg (36%) of 151 as a white solid and 9.2 mg (43%) of 152 as a white solid.
  • Example 154 was synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for Example 153:
  • Example 157 was synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for Example 156:
  • Step 1 Addition of Lithium Phenyl Sulfone Reagent to Aldehyde F
  • Trimethyl sulfoxonium iodide (240 mg, 1.09 mmol) was added as a solid to a suspension of sodium hydride (36.5 mg, 0.91 mmol of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in DMSO (2 mL). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 10 minutes. Aldehyde F (54.0 mg, 0.18 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 2 hours. 1 mL of water was added and then the reaction was poured into saturated NaHCO 3 (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each).
  • Step 1 Addition of Lithium Phenyl Sulfone Reagent to Epoxide R
  • Step 1 Addition of 1,2 Phenylenediamine to aldehyde B.
  • 1,2 Phenylenediamine (10.5 mg, 0.097 mmol) and aldehyde B (15.0 mg, 0.05 mmol) were placed in a flask under nitrogen. Nitrobenzene (500 ⁇ L) was added, and the reactionwas heated to 150 °C. The reaction was stirred at 150 °C for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was loaded directyl onto silica gel and the column was eluted with 100% hexanes to remove the nitrobenzene, followed by 40 to 80% EtOAc/hexanes to afford a mixture of the desired product and some minor impurities.
  • Step 1 Addition of DAST to Example 119.
  • Example 119 In a plastic vial, a solution of Example 119 (38.2 mg, 0.089 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (500 ⁇ L) was cooled to 0 °C and diethylamino sulfur trifluoride (23.6 ⁇ L, 0.178mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 10 minutes and then was warmed to room temperature. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was poured into saturated NaHCO (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Trimethyl sulfoxonium iodide (334 mg, 1.52 mmol) was added as a solid to a suspension of sodium hydride (54 mg, 1.35 mmol of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in DMSO (4 mL). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 10 minutes. Ketone A (100 mg, 0.338 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. 1 mL of water was added and then the reaction was poured into saturated NaHCO 3 (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each).
  • Step 1 Addition of Aryl Lithium to Aldehyde W
  • Aldehyde Z was synthesized from aldehyde B using the same procedure as was used in the synthesis of aldehyde Y.
  • Step 1 Addition of Grignard Reagent to Aldehyde Y
  • Example 187 and 188 Aldehyde Y (53.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. 3-butenyl magnesium chloride (1.7 mL of a 0.5 M solution in THF, 0.85 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 hour and then 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added. The reaction was then poured into saturated NH 4 CI (25mL) and extracted with EtOAc (40 mL). The organic layer was washed with H 2 O and brine (25 mL each), dried over Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 1 Addition of Aryl Lithium Reagents to Aldehyde Y
  • Example 38 (11.6 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in EtOAc (2 mL) and
  • Example 81 (6.0 mg, 0.012 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 ⁇ L) and MeOH (400 ⁇ L) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 °C. Oxone (14 mg, 0.024 mmol) was dissolved in H 2 O (400 ⁇ L) and this solution was added to the solution of 81. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stined for 4 hours. The reaction was then diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water, saturated aq. NaHSO 3 , saturated NaHCO 3 , and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • Example 119 (11.0 mg, 0.026 mmol) was dissolved in THF (200 ⁇ L) and MeOH (200 ⁇ L) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 °C. Oxone (32 mg, 0.051 mmol) was dissolved in H 2 O (800 ⁇ L) and this solution was added to the solution of 119. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stined for 4 hours. At this point, additional oxone (32 mg, 0.051 mmol) was added as a solid. The reaction was stined at room temperature for an additional 24 hours and then diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water, saturated NaHCO 3 , and brine (10 mL each).
  • Example 213 was prepared in the same manner as example 212, starting from example 120.
  • the activity of the compounds of the present invention as modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor can be evaluated using the following assays:
  • hGR ⁇ ligand binding assay For the hGR ⁇ ligand binding assay, cytosols were prepared from recombinant baculovirus expressed receptors. Frozen cell pellets were dounce homogenized in ice cold KPO4 buffer (lOmM KPO4, 20mM sodium molybdate,

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention encompasses compounds of Formula I: (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof, which are useful as selective glucocorticoid receptor ligands for treating a variety of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases or conditions. Pharamaceutical compositions and methods of use are also included.

Description

lH-BENZO[F]INDAZOL-5-YL DERIVATIVES AS SELECTIVE GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR MODULATORS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Intracellular receptors (IR's) are a class of structurally related proteins involved in the regulation of gene expression. The steroid hormone receptors are a subset of this superfamily whose natural ligands are typically comprised of endogenous steroids such as estradiol, progesterone, and cortisol. Man-made ligands to these receptors play an important role in human health and, of these receptors, the glucocorticoid receptor has an essential role in regulating human physiology and immune response. Steroids that interact with the glucocorticoid receptor have been shown to be potent antfinflammatory agents. The present invention is directed to a novel class of compounds that are selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators that have potent ani-inflammatory and immunosupresive activity and possess advantages over steroidal glucocorticoid ligands with respect to side effects, efficacy, toxicity and/or metabolism.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention encompasses compounds of Formula I:
Figure imgf000002_0001
I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof, which are useful as selective glucocorticoid receptor ligands for treating a variety of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases or conditions. Pharamaceutical compositions and methods of use are also included. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention encompasses a compound represented by Formula I
Figure imgf000003_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein:
n is 0, 1 or 2;
J is selected from NRl or C(R1)(R2);
K is selected from NR3 or C(R3)(R4);
L is selected from NR5 or C(R5)(R6);
X is a bond, -C(O), -N(Rl4)-, -N(Rl4)-C(O)-, or
Figure imgf000003_0002
.
Rl, Rδ and RlO are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) Cι.6alkyl,
(2) C2-6alkenyl,
(3) C3-6akynyl,
(4) C3_6cycloalkyl,
(5) Cι_6alkoxy,
(6) Ci_6alkyl-S(O) -, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(7) aryl,
(8) aralkyl, (9) HET,
(10) -Ci_6alkyl-HET,
(11) aryloxy,
(12) aroyloxy,
(13) ar alkenyl,
(14) aralkynyl,
(15) hydrogen,
(16) hydroxy and
(17) Cι_6alkyl-N(Rl4)-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
wherein items (1) to (6) above and the alkyl portions of items (8), (10) and (17) above and the alkenyl portion of item (13) above and the alkynyl portion of item (14) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3-6cycloalkyl, Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k- and aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, and
wherein items (7), (9), (11) and (12) above and aryl portion of items (8), (13) and (14) above and the HET portion of item (10) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2,
( ) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl,
( ) C3_6akynyl,
(g) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(h) aryl,
(i) aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(j) HET,
(k) aralkyl,
(1) aroyl,
(m) aryloxy,
(n) aralkoxy and (o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and Ci^alkyl,
or when X is a bond then R% and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8- membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NR14, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds;
R2, R3; R4, R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) hydrogen,
(2) halo, (3) Cι_6alkyl,
(4) C2-6alkenyl,
(5) C3_6akynyl,
(6) C3_6cycloalkyl,
(7) Cι_6alkoxy, (8) Ci-6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(9) aryl,
(10) aralkyl,
(11) HET and
(12) -Cι_6alkyl-HET, wherein items (3) to (8) above and the alkyl portions of items (10) and (12) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2 and Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2; and wherein items (9) and (11) and the aryl portion of items (10) and the HET portion of item (12) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl, (f) C3_6akynyl and
(g) Ci-6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, wherein items (d) to (g) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2,
or Rl and R3 or R3 and R5 may be joined together to form a double bond;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen,
(2) OR13,
(3) Ci_4alkyl,
(4) aryl and
(5) aralkyl, wherein item (3) above and the alkyl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein item (4) above and the aryl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13, (c) N(R14)2, (d) Cι_6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl and
(f) C3_6akynyl, wherein items (d) to (f) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2;
Y is sele cted from the group consisting of:
(1) hydrogen,
(2) -O-R9,
(3) -S(O)k-R9, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(4) -C-W-R9, wherein W is O or S(O)k,
(5) -N(Rl5)2,
Figure imgf000007_0001
(7) -N(Rl5)-S(O)k-N(Rl5)2,
(8) NO2,
(9) -C(O)-Rl5,
(10) -C(O)O-Rl5,
(11) -CN,
(12) halo and
Figure imgf000007_0002
R9 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Ci_i2alkyl and aryl, wherein Cι_i2alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituents with halo, or when Y is OR9 then R8 and R9 may be joined together to form a carbonyl group;
each RU and Rl2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) halo,
(2) Cι_6alkyl,
(3) C2-6alkenyl,
(4) Ci_6alkoxy and
(5) hydroxy, wherein items (2) to (4) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR12, N(Rl3)2 and Cι_6"alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or
2;
each Rl and Rl4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_4alkyl and C2-4alkenyl, each of said Ci-4alkyl and C2-4alkenyl optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, Ci_4alkoxy, aryl, C3_6cycloalkyl, CN and Cι_4alkyl-S(O)k, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2;
each Rl5 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Cι_6alkyl, aryl and Cι_i2alkoxycarbonyl, wherein said Ci-βalkyl and Cι_ i2alkoxycarbonyl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and said aryl is optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and Ci_4alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups; and
HET is a 5- to 10-membered aromatic, partially aromatic or non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring, containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, and optionally substituted with 1-2 oxo groups.
An embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I
Figure imgf000008_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1 or 2;
J is selected from NRl or C(R1)(R2);
K is selected from NR3 or C(R3)(R4);
L is selected from NR5 or C(R5)(R6);
X is a bond, -C(O), -N(Rl4)-, -N(Rl4)-C(O)-, or , rXXy,.
Rl, R 8 and RlO are each independently selected from the group isting of:
(1) Cι_6alkyl,
(2) C2-6alkenyl,
(3) C3_6akynyl,
(4) C3_6cycloalkyl,
(5) Cι_6alkoxy,
(6) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(7) aryl,
(8) aralkyl,
(9) HET,
(10) -Ci-6alkyl-HET,
(11) aryloxy,
(12) aroyloxy,
(13) aralkenyl,
(14) aralkynyl,
(15) hydrogen,
(16) hydroxy and
wherein items (1) to (6) above and the alkyl portions of items (8) and (10) above and the alkenyl portion of item (13) above and the alkynyl portion of item (14) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3_6cycloalkyl and Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, and wherein items (7), (9), (11) and (12) above and aryl portion of items (8), (13) and (14) above and the HET portion of item (10) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci-6alkyl, (e) C2-6alkenyl,
(f) C3_6akynyl,
(g) Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(h) aryl,
(i) aryl-S(O)k~, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, 0) HET,
(k) aralkyl, (1) aroyl, (m) aryloxy, (n) aralkoxy and (o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and Cι_4alkyl,
or when X is a bond then R8 and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8- membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NR14, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds; R2, R3? R4; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) hydrogen,
(2) halo, (3) Ci_6alkyl,
(4) C2-6alkenyl,
(5) C3_6akynyl,
(6) C3-6cycloalkyl,
(7) Ci-6alkoxy, (8) Ci-6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(9) aryl,
(10) aralkyl,
(11) HET and
(12) Ci_6alkyl-HET, wherein items (3) to (8) above and the alkyl portions of items (10) and (12) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2 and Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2; and
wherein items (9) and (11) and the aryl portion of items (10) and the HET portion of item (12) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo, (b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl,
(f) C3_6akynyl and (g) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, wherein items (d) to (g) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, or Rl and R3 or R3 and R5 may be joined together to form a double bond;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen,
(2) OR13,
(3) Ci_4alkyl,
(4) aryl and
(5) aralkyl, wherein item (3) above and the alkyl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein item (4) above and the aryl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13, (c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl and
(f) C3_6akynyl, wherein items (d) to (f) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen, (2) -O-R9,
(3) -S(O)k-R9, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(4) -C-W-R9, wherein W is O or S(O)k,
(5) -N(Rl5)2,
Figure imgf000012_0001
(7) -N(Rl5)-S(O)k-N(Rl5)2,
(8) NO2,
(9) -C(O)-Rl5,
(10) -C(O)O-Rl5,
(11) -CN,
Figure imgf000013_0001
R9 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Ci_i2alkyl and aryl, wherein Ci_i2alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituents with halo, or when Y is OR9 then R8 and R9 may be joined together to form a carbonyl group;
each RU and Rl2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) halo,
(2) Ci-6alkyl,
(3) C2-6alkenyl,
(4) Cι_6alkoxy and
(5) hydroxy,
wherein items (2) to (4) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR12, N(Rl )2 and Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2;
each Rl3 and Rl4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Cι_4alkyl, optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with halo; and
each Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Ci_6alkyl, aryl and Ci_i2alkoxycarbonyl, wherein said Ci-6alkyl and Cι_ 12alkoxycarbonyl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and said aryl is optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and Ci_4alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups.
The optional double bond shown in ring A of the compound of Formula I is depicted as a dotted line and means that the double bond may or may not be present as shown below:
Figure imgf000014_0001
optional double bond optional double bond is present in ring A is not present in ring A
The substituent Rl2 in Formula I may or may not be present. When present, one or two Rl2 groups may occupy the following positions:
Figure imgf000014_0002
Two Rl2 groups may reside on the same carbon atom. The substituent Rl 1 in Formula I may or may not be present. When present, one, two or three Rl 1 groups may occupy the following positions:
Figure imgf000015_0001
n=0 n=1
Figure imgf000015_0002
n=2 Two Rl 1 groups may reside on the same carbon atom.
The optional double bonds show in ring B of the compound of Formula I may occupy the following positions:
Figure imgf000016_0001
n=0 n=0
Figure imgf000016_0002
n=1 n=1
Figure imgf000016_0003
Figure imgf000017_0001
n=2 n=2
Figure imgf000017_0002
n=2 n=2
Figure imgf000017_0003
n=2 J, K and L as defined in Formula I mean, for example, the following structures:
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000019_0002
When X is a bond then R8 and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8-membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NRl4, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds, which means, for example, the following:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000020_0002
Figure imgf000020_0003
These compounds can be made, for example, by following the procedures outlined in J. Am. Chem. Soc, vol. 118, 100-110, 1996 and J. Am. Chem Soc, vol. 115, p.9856- 9924, 1993, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
When Y is OR9 then R8 and R may be joined together to form a carbonyl group, which means the following:
Figure imgf000021_0001
When X is -N(Rl4)-C(O)- the group is attached as follows:
Figure imgf000021_0002
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein:
J is NRl;
K is NR3;
L is C(R5)(R6); and
R3 and R are joined together to form a double bond.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein the optional double bond shown in ring A of the compound of Formula I is present. Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein Rl is aryl or HET, said aryl or HET optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) OR13,
Figure imgf000022_0001
(d) Cι_6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl, (f) C3-6akynyl,
(g) Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k~, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(h) aryl,
(i) aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(j) HET, (k) aralkyl,
(1) aroyl,
(m) aryloxy,
(n) aralkoxy and
(o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and Cι_4alkyl.
Within this embodiment of the invention is encompassed a compound of Formula I wherein Rl is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups. Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein Y is OR9. Within this embodiment of the invention is encompassed a compound of Formula I wherein R is hydrogen.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of
Formula I wherein R7 is methyl.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein R8 is hydrogen or methyl.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein X is a bond.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein RlO is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) Ci-6alkyl,
(2) C2-6alkenyl,
(3) C3_6akynyl,
(4) C3_6cycloalkyl, (5) Cι_6alkoxy,
(6) Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, wherein items (1) to (6) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3_6cycloalkyl and Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein RlO is selected from the group consisting of: (1) phenyl (2) naphthyl,
(3) benzyl,
(4) phenethyl,
(5) phenoxy,
(6) benzoyl and (7) benzoyloxy, wherein the aryl portions of items (1) to (7) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo, (b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Cι_6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl,
(f) C3_6akynyl, (g) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(h) aryl,
(i) aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(j) HET, (k) aralkyl, (1) aroyl,
(m) aryloxy, (n) aralkoxy and (o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR 13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, ORl3 and Cι_4alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula I wherein RlO is HET or -Cι_4alkyl-HET wherein HET is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) pyridine,
(2) thiophene and
(3) furan, or benzofused analogs of (1) to (3) above. Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of
Formula II:
Figure imgf000025_0001
π or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein:
X is a bond;
R8 and RlO are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxy,
(2) C2-6alkenyl,
(3) C3_6akynyl,
(4) C3_6cycloalkyl,
(5) phenyl
(6) naphthyl,
(7) benzyl,
(8) phenethyl and
(9) pyridine, thiophene or furan, or benzofused analogs thereof,
and R8 is additionally selected from hydrogen,
wherein items (5), (6) and (9) above and aryl portion of items (7) and (8) above and are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) hydroxy,
(c) methoxy,
(d) Cι_4alkyl,
(e) trifluoromethyl,
(f) phenoxy,
(g) benzyloxy, optionally substituted with methoxy, and
(h) CN;
each RU is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) halo,
(2) methyl and
(3) hydroxy; and
Rl4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Cι_4alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula II wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or Ci_ 4alkyl.
Another embodiemnt of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula HI:
Figure imgf000026_0001
m or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein: n is 0 or 1,
R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
R9 is hydrogen or methyl or
R8 and R may be joined together with the oxygen atom shown in Formula m to form a carbonyl group;
RlO is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) naphthyl,
(3) pyridyl, (4) furyl or benzofuryl,
(5) thienyl or benzothienyl, or the S,S-dioxide thereof,
(6) benzyl,
(7) quinoline,
(8) thiazolyl or benzothiazolyl, and (9) phenylsulfonylmethyl or phenylsulfonylethyl, wherein
groups (1) to (9) are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consistingof :
(a) halo,
(b) trifluoromethyl,
(c) trifluoromethoxy,
(d) -N(Rl4), wherein each Rl4 is indepedently hydrogen or Cι_4alkyl, (e) pyrrolyl,
(f) methoxy, ethoxy or isopropoxy, each optionally substituted with a substituent selected from: methoxy, benzyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyano, methylthio, methylsulfinyl and methylsulfonyl,
(g) methyl, (h) vinyl and (i) hydroxy, and
Rll is hydrogen or halo.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a compound of Formula IN:
Figure imgf000028_0001
TV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein:
n is 0 or 1,
RlO is selected from the group consisting of: (1) -CH(ORl3)-aryl, wherein aryl is phenyl or napthyl,
(2) -CH(ORl3)-HET, and
(3) -CH(ORl3)-Cι_4alkyl or -CH(ORl3)-C2-4alkenyl, said -CH(ORl3)-Ci-4alkyl or -CH(ORl3)-C2-4alkenyl optionally substituted with phenylsulfonyl,
Rl3 is hydrogen or methyl,
HET is selected from the group consisting of: (1) pyridyl, (2) furyl or benzofuryl,
(3) thienyl or benzothienyl, or the S,S-dioxide thereof,
(4) benzyl, (5) quinoline,
(6) thiazolyl or benzothiazolyl,
said aryl or HET are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consistingof:
(a) halo,
(b) trifluoromethyl,
(c) trifluoromethoxy, (d) -N(Rl4), wherein each Rl4 is indepedently hydrogen or
Cι_4alkyl,
(e) pyrrolyl,
(f) methoxy, ethoxy or isopropoxy, each optionally substituted with a substituent selected from: methoxy, benzyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyano, methylthio, methylsulfinyl and methylsulfonyl,
(g) methyl, (h) vinyl and
(i) hydroxy, and
Rl 1 is hydrogen or halo.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for treating a glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition in a mammalian patient in need of such treatment comprising administering the patient a compoud of Formula I in an amount that is effective for treating the glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition.
Within this embodiment is encompassed the above method wherein the glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of: tissue rejection, leukemias, lymphomas, Cushing's syndrome, acute adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, polyarteritis nodosa, granulomatous polyarteritis, inhibition of myeloid cell lines, immune proliferation/apoptosis, HPA axis suppression and regulation, hypercortisolemia, stroke and spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hypergylcemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, chronic primary adrenal insufficiency, secondary adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, obesity, metabolic syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, polyartitis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, uveitis, hay fever, allergic rhinitis, urticaria, angioneurotic edema, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, tendonitis, bursitis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, organ transplantation, hepatitis, cirrhosis, inflammatory scalp alopecia, panniculitis, psoriasis, discoid lupus erythematosus, inflamed cysts, atopic dermatitis, pyoderma gangrenosum, pemphigus vulgaris, buflous pernphigoid, systemic lupus erythematosus, dermatomyositis, herpes gestationis, eosinophilic fasciitis, relapsing polychondritis, inflammatory vasculitis, sarcoidosis, Sweet's disease, type I reactive leprosy, capillary hemangiomas, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, lichen planus, exfoliative dermatitus, erythema nodosum, acne, hirsutism, toxic epidermal necrolysis, erythema multiform, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), cell apoptosis, cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, retinitis pigmentosa, cognitive performance, memory and learning enhancement, depression, addiction, mood disorders, chronic fatigue syndrome, schizophrenia, sleep disorders, and anxiety.
Another embodiment of the invention encompasses a method of selectively modulating the activation, repression, agonism and antagonism effects of the glucocorticoid receptor in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound of Formula I in an amount that is effective to modulate the glucocorticoid receptor.
The invention is exemplified by the compounds that follow. The invention is described using the following definitions unless otherwise indicated. The term "halogen" or "halo" includes F, Cl, Br, and I.
The term "alkyl" means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Thus, for example, Ci-βalkyl includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, s- and t-butyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, 1,1- dimethylethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. The term "alkoxy" means alkoxy groups of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Cι_6alkoxy, for example, includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, and the like.
The term "alkylthio" means alkylthio groups having the indicated number of carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration. Cι_
6alkylthio, for example, includes methylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, and the like.
The term "alkenyl" means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to-carbon double bond, wherein hydrogen may be replaced by an additional carbon-to-carbon double bond. C2-6alkenyl, for example, includes ethenyl, propenyl,
1-methylethenyl, butenyl and the like.
The term "alkynyl" means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to-carbon triple bond. C3_6alkynyl, for example, includes , propenyl, 1- methylethenyl, butenyl and the like.
The term "cycloalkyl" means mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic structures, optionally combined with linear or branched structures, the indicated number of carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclododecylmethyl, 2-ethyl-l- bicyclo[4.4.0]decyl, and the like.
The term "aryl" is defined as a mono- or bi-cyclic aromatic ring system and includes, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
The term "aralkyl" means an alkyl group as defined above of 1 to 6 carbon atoms with an aryl group as defined above substituted for one of the alkyl hydrogen atoms, for example, benzyl and the like.
The term "aryloxy" means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aryl-O) and includes, for example, phenoxy, naphthoxy and the like.
The term "aralkoxy" means an aralkyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aralkyl-O) and includes, for example, benzyloxy, and the like.
The term "arylthio" is defined as an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an sulfur atom (aryl-S) and includes, for example, thiophenyoxy, thionaphthoxy and the like. The term "aroyl" means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an carbonyl group (aryl-C(O)-) and includes, for example, benzoyl, naphthoyl and the like.
The term "aroyloxy" means an aroyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aroyl-O) and includes, for example, benzoyloxy or benzoxy, naphthoyloxy and the like.
The term "HET" is defined as a 5- to 10-membered aromatic, partially aromatic or non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring, containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, and optionally substituted with 1-2 oxo groups. Preferably, "HET" is a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic monocyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, for example, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, furan, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, isooxazole and the like, or HET is a 9- or 10- membered aromatic or partially aromatic bicyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, for example, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, pyranopyrrole, benzopyran, quionoline, benzocyclohexyl, naphtyridine and the like. "HET" also includes the following: benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, cinnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, indolazinyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridopyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolyl, quinoxalinyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl, azetidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, hexahydroazepinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dihydrobenzimidazolyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, dihydrobenzoxazolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihydroisooxazolyl, dihydroisothiazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydroquinolinyl, dihydrotetrazolyl, dihydrothiadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrotriazolyl, dihydroazetidinyl, methylenedioxybenzoyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydrothienyl. For all of the above definitions, each reference to a group is independent of all other references to the same group when referred to in the Specification. For example, if both Rl and R are HET, the definitions of HET are independent of each other and Rl and R2 may be different HET groups, for example furan and thiophene. The term "treating" encompasses not only treating a patient to relieve the patient of the signs and symptoms of the disease or condition but also prophylactically treating an asymptomatic patient to prevent the onset of the disease or condition or preventing, slowing or reversing the progression of the disease or condition. The term "amount effective for treating" is intended to mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, a system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. The term also encompasses the amount of a pharmaceutical drug that will prevent or reduce the risk of occurrence of the biological or medical event that is sought to be prevented in a tissue, a system, animal or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
The following abbreviations have the indicated meanings:
AIBN = 2.2 -azobisisobutyronitrile
B.P. = benzoyl peroxide
Bn = benzyl
CC14 = carbon tetrachloride
D = -O(CH2)3O-
DAST = diethylamine sulfur trifluoride
DCC = dicyclohexyl carbodiimide
DCI = 1 -(3 -dimethylaminopropyl)-3 -ethyl carbodiimide
DEAD = diethyl azodicarboxylate
DIBAL = diisobutyl aluminum hydride
DME = ethylene glycol dimethylether
DMAP = 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine
DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
Et3N = triethylamine
LDA = lithium diisopropylamide m-CPBA = metachloroperbenzoic acid
NBS = N-bromosuccinimide
NSAID = non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
PCC = pyridinium chlorochromate
PDC = pyridinium dichromate
Ph = phenyl 1,2-Ph = 1,2-benzenediyl
Pyr = pyridinediyl
Qn = 7-chloroquinolin-2-yl
Rs = -CH2SCH2CH2Ph r.t. = room temperature rac = racemic
THF = tetrahydrofuran
THP = tetrahydropyran-2-yl
Alkvl group abbreviations
Me = methyl
Et = ethyl n-Pr = normal propyl i-Pr = isopropyl n-Bu = normal butyl i-Bu = isobutyl s-Bu = secondary butyl t-Bu = tertiary butyl c-Pr = cyclopropyl c-Bu = cyclobutyl c-Pen = cyclopentyl c-Hex = cyclohexyl
Some of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. The present invention is meant to comprehend such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure forms and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Some of the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds, and unless specified otherwise, are meant to include both E and Z geometric isomers.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N -dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2- diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N- ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, and the like. When the compound of the present invention is basic, salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like. Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
It will be understood that in the discussion of methods of treatment which follows, references to the compounds of Formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
The magnitude of prophylactic or therapeutic dose of a compound of Formula I will, of course, vary with the nature and the severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound of Formula I and its route of administration. It will also vary according to a variety of factors including the age, weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and response of the individual patient. In general, the daily dose from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight of a mammal, preferably 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg. On the other hand, it may be necessary to use dosages outside these limits in some cases. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain from about 0.5 mg to about 5 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition. Dosage unit forms will generally contain from about 1 mg to about 2 g of an active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg, or 1000 mg. For the treatment of glucocorticoid receptor mediated diseases the compound of Formula I may be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non- toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrastemal injection or infusion techniques. In addition to the treatment of warmblooded animals such as mice, rats, horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, cats, etc., the compound of the invention is effective in the treatment of humans.
The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Patent 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water-miscible solvents such as propylene glycol, PEGs and ethanol, or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more colouring agents, one or more flavouring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents, may also be present.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavouring and colouring agents. The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Cosolvents such as ethanol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycols may also be used, hi addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
The compounds of Formula I may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ambient temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols. For topical use, creams, ointments, gels, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing a compound of Formula I are employed. (For purposes of this application, topical application shall include mouth washes and gargles.) Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, cosolvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
The ability of the compounds of Formula I to selectively modulate glucocorticoid receptors makes them useful for treating, preventing or reversing the progression of a variety of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases and conditions. Thus, the compounds of the present invention are useful to treat, prevent or ameliorate the following diseases or conditions: inflammation, tissue rejection, auto-immunity, various malianancies, such as leukemias and lymphomas, Cushing's syndrome, acute adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, polyarteritis nodosa, granulomatous polyarteritis, inhibition of myeloid cell lines, immune proliferation/apoptosis, HPA axis suppression and regulation, hypercortisolemia, stroke and spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hypergylcemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, chronic primary adrenal insufficiency, secondary adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, obesity and metabolic syndrome.
The compounds of the present invention are also useful for treating, preventing or reversing the progression of disease states involving systemic inflammation such as inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, polyartitis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, uveitis, hay fever, allergic rhinitis, urticaria, angioneurotic edema, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, tendonitis, bursitis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, organ transplantation, hepatitis, and cirrhosis.
The compounds of the present invention are useful for treating, preventing or reversing the progression of a variety of topical diseases such as inflammatory scalp alopecia, panniculitis, psoriasis, discoid lupus erythematosus, inflamed cysts, atopic dermatitis, pyoderma gangrenosum, pemphigus vulgaris, buflous pernphigoid, systemic lupus erythematosus, dermatomyositis, herpes gestationis, eosinophilic fasciitis, relapsing polychondritis, inflammatory vasculitis, sarcoidosis, Sweet's disease, type I reactive leprosy, capillary hemangiomas, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, lichen planus, exfoliative dermatitus, erythema nodosum, acne, hirsutism, toxic epidermal necrolysis, erythema multiform, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma.
The compounds of the present invention are also useful in treating, preventing or reversing the progression of disease states associated with Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), cell apoptosis, and cancer including, but not limited to, Kaposi's sarcoma, immune system activation and modulation, desensitization of inflammatory responses, UL- 1 expression, natural killer cell development, lymphocytic leukemia, and treatment of retinitis pigmentosa. Cogitive and behavioral processes are also susceptible to glucocorticoid therapy where antagonists would potentially be useful in the treatment of processes such as cognitive performance, memory and learning enhancement, depression, addiction, mood disorders, chronic fatigue syndrome, schizophrenia, stroke, sleep disorders, and anxiety.
The invention also encompasses a method for treating a glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease comprising concomitantly administering to a patient in need of such treatment a compound of Formula I and one or additional more agents. For treating or preventing asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, the compounds of Formula I may be combined with one or more agents selected from the group consisting of: β-agonists (e.g., salmeterol), theophylline, anticholinergics (e.g., atropine and ipratropium bromide), cromolyn, nedocromil and leukotriene modifiers (e.g., montelukast). For treating or preventing inflammation, the compounds of Formula I may be combined with one or the following: a salicylate, including acetylsalicylic acid, a non-steroidal antiinflammatory drug, including indomethacin, sulindac, mefenamic, meclofenamic, tolfenamic, tolmetin, ketorolac, dicofenac, ibuprofen, naproxen, fenoprofen, ketoprofen, flurbiprofin and oxaprozin, a TNF inhibitor, including etanercept and infliximab, an IL-1 receptor antagonist, a cytotoxic or immunosuppressive drug, including methotrexate, leflunomide, azathioprine and cyclosporine, a gold compound, hydroxychloroquine or sulfasalazine, penicillamine, darbufelone, and a p38 kinase inhibitor. The compound of Formula I may also be used in combination with bisphonates such as alendronate to treat a glucocorticoid mediated disease and simultaneously inhibit osteoclast-mediated bone resorption.
METHODS OF SYNTHESIS
Generally, compounds of the present invention may be synthesized by following the following synthetic scheme:
Figure imgf000041_0001
aqeuous acid Λ aprotic solvent
Figure imgf000041_0003
Figure imgf000041_0002
IV
KH at
Figure imgf000041_0004
Figure imgf000041_0005
e
VII
VI
Acid, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, is added to a solution of the Wieland-Miescher ketone i in ethylene glycol to give ketal ii. Ethyl formate and sodium hydride are added to ketal ii in an organic solvent such as anhydrous benzene to afford hydroxyketone iii. The hydroxyketone iii is dissolved in an appropriate acid such as glacial acetic acid and the appropriate hydrazine such as p-fluorophenylhyradzine hydrocloride and appropriate base such as sodium acetate is added to give pyrazole ketal iv. The pyrazole ketal iv is dissolved in an aprotic solvent such as THF and an aqeuous acid such as aqeuous 6N HCl is added to yield the ketone v.
Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl amide) is added to (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosponium chloride in an aprotic solvent such as THF. Ketone v is added to afford compound vi. Rl0-Li is added in an aprotic solvent such as THF at low temperature to yield the final product vii.
Methods for making compounds of Formula I outside the scope of formula vii are easily discernible by those having ordinary skill in the art in view of the above method and the examples set for the below. See, for example, Syth. Commun.,1994, vol. 24, pp. 279-292; Org. Syth., 1985,vol. 63, pp. 37-43; Org. Syth., 1985, vol. 63, pp. 26-36; and Setroids, 1963, vol. 2, p. 399.
The invention will now be illustrated by the following non-limiting examples in which, unless stated otherwise:
(i) all operations were carried out at room or ambient temperature, that is, at a temperature in the range 18-25°C,
(ii) evaporation of solvent was carried out using a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure (600-4000 pascals: 4.5-30 mm. Hg) with a bath temperature of up to 60°C.,
(iii) the course of reactions was followed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) and reaction times are given for illustration only;
(iv) melting points are uncorrected and 'd' indicates decomposition; the melting points given are those obtained for the materials prepared as described; polymorphism may result in isolation of materials with different melting points in some preparations;
(v) the structure and purity of all final products were assured by at least one of the following techniques: TLC, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometry or microanalytical data; (vi) yields are given for illustration only;
(vii) when given, NMR data is in the form of delta (δ) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 500 MHz or 600 MHz using the indicated solvent; conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. broad; etc.: in addition "Ar" signifies an aromatic signal;
(viii) chemical symbols have their usual meanings; the following abbreviations have also been used v (volume), w (weight), b.p. (boiling point), m.p. (melting point), L (litre(s)), mL (millilitres), g (gram(s)), mg (milligrams(s)), mol (moles), mmol (millimoles), eq (equivalent(s)). PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES
KETONE A
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000043_0002
Figure imgf000043_0003
NaOAc, HOAc
Figure imgf000043_0004
Step 1:
4 A molecular sieves (~5 g) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (5.34g,
28.05 mmol) were added to a solution of the Wieland-Miescher ketone (5 g, 28.05 mmol) in ethylene glycol (140 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 23 min., the reaction was poured slowly into a 2: 1 mixture of ice water/sat. aqeuous NaHCO3 (150 mL). The reaction was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0 to 40% EtOAc/hexanes) on silica gel to afford 5.77g (93%) of the ketal as a white solid. LCMS = 223; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 5.83 (br d, J= 1.8 Hz, IH), 4.43-3.94 (m, 4H), 2.49-2.40 (m, 3H), 2.39-2.27 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.88 (m, IH), 1.84-1.78 (m, IH), 1.76-1.64 (m, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H).
Step 2:
Ethyl formate (7.36 mL, 86.48 mmol) and sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil; 3.46 g, 86.48 mmol) were added to a cooled solution (-40 °C) of the ketal in anhydrous benzene (200 mL). MeOH (450 μL) was added dropwise over 15 min. and the reaction allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 3 h, the reaction was cooled to 0 °C and 50 mL H2O was added. The biphasic system was shaken and the organic layer was washed with H O (3 x 50 mL). The combined aqueous layers were washed with diethyl ether (100 mL) and then acidified to pH 5.5-6 with sat. aqueous KH2PO4. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (5 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5.04 g (93%) of hydroxyketone product as an orange oil. LCMS = 251; (M + 1)+.
Step 3:
The hydroxyketone (4.1 g, 16.4 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (40mL) and -fluorophenylhyradzine hydrocloride (2.8 g, 17.22 mmol) and sodium acetate (1.41 g, 17.22 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction was poured slowly into 10% NaHCO3 (1 L) and extracted with EtOAc (6 x 500 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (500 mL), dried over MgSO and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexanes) on silica gel to afford 2.26 g (41%) of the pyrazole ketal as an orange solid. LCMS = 421; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.47-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.18-7.16 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.16-7.14 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.22 (br d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 4.11-4.01 (m, 4H), 3.20-3.16 (d, 1= 15.7 Hz, IH), 2.54-2.51 (d, J= 16 Hz, IH), 2.51-2.40 (m, IH), 2.34-2.28 (m, IH), 1.88-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.23 (s, 3H). Step 4:
The pyrazole ketal (2.26 g; 6.65 mmol) was dissolved in THF (65 mL) and 6N HCl (4.43 mL, 26.6 mL) was added. The reaction was heated at 65 °C for 3.5 h and then poured slowly into 10% NaHCO3 (150 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 250 mL) and the combined extracts washed with brine (2 x 200 mL), dried over MgSO and concentrated in vacuo to afford 1.97 g (100%) of Ketone A as a brown oil. LCMS = 297; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.50 (s, IH), 7.49-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.31 (br d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 2.96-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.08 (m, IH), 1.75-1,64 (qt, J= 13.1 Hz, j = 4.3 Hz, IH), 1.27 (s, 3H).
ALDEHYDE B
Figure imgf000045_0001
Step 1 : Preparation of Aldehyde B
Figure imgf000045_0002
A suspension of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosponium chloride (4.17 g, 12.16 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was cooled to -40 °C. Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl amide) (20.3 mL of a 0.5 M solution in toluene, 10.15 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe and the reaction was allowed to warm to 0 °C and held at that temperature for 15 min. A solution of ketone A (1.2 g, 4.05 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was added and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 24 h, 10 mL of a 1:1 solution of THF/MeOH was added to the reaction followed by 10 mL of 4 N HCl. The reaction became biphasic and stirring was continued at room temperature. After 36 h, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and washed with H O, saturated NaHCO3, and brine (50 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) on silica gel to afford 939.7 mg (75%) of the product B as a tan solid; 8:1 (β:α) mixture of aldehyde diastereomers. R = 0.19 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 311; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (major isomer) (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 9.91 (d, I = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.43-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.17 (d, / = 1.9 Hz, IH), 3.11 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.91 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.32-2.45 (m, 3H), 1.87-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, IH), 1.43 (m, IH), 1.12 (s, 3H).
Ketone C was prepared in the same manner as ketone A.
ALDEHYDE F
Figure imgf000046_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000047_0001
A suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (2.05 g, 5.75 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was cooled to -40 °C. Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl amide) (9.2 mL of a 0.5 M solution in toluene, 4.6 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe and the reaction was allowed to warm to 0 °C and held at that temperature for 15 minutes. Next, a solution of ketone C (323.7 mg, 1.15 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the reaction was filtered through a plug of silica gel with 50%EtOAc/hexanes. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography with 15% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 265.2 mg (83%) of D. R/ = 0.39 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 281; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.46-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.44 (s, IH), 7.13-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.19 (s, IH), 4.95 (s, IH), 4.86 (s, IH), 2.81 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.73 (m, IH), 2.69 (d, / = 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.54-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.48 (m, IH), 1.17 (s, 3H).
Step 2:
Figure imgf000047_0002
To a solution of D (265.2 mg, 0.947 mmol) in THF (17 mL) was added 9-BBN (5.7 mL of a 0.5 M solution in THF, 2.84 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours and then cooled to 0 °C. EtOH (6.8 mL), 6N NaOH (2.25 mL) and 30% H2O2 (1.2 mL) were added, the ice bath was removed, and the reaction was heated to 50 °C for 1 hour. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), and washed with H2O and brine (50 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography with 60% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 282.2 mg (100%) of E. Rf = 0.19 (55% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 299; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.13-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.14 (s, IH), 3.81 (dd, J - 10.6, 7.1 Hz, IH), 3.75 (dd, / = 10.8, 7.0 Hz, IH), 2.92 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.66 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.63 (m, IH), 2.47 (m, IH), 2.10 (m, IH), 2.03 (m, IH), 1.58 (m, IH), 0.97 (s, 3H).
Step 3:
Figure imgf000048_0001
To a solution of oxalyl chloride (46 μL, 0.524 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) at -78 °C was added DMSO (75 μL, 1.05 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL). The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 5 minutes and then alcohol E (52.1 mg, 0.175 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) was added. The reaction was stined for 15 minutes and then Et3N (295 μL, 2.1 mmol) was added. The reaction was warmed to room temperature, stined for 20 minutes, and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with H2O, saturated NaHCO3, brine, IN HCl, saturated NaHCO3, and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (40% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 41.5 mg (80%) of F as a clear oil. Rf = 0.27 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 297; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 9.89 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.43-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.42 (s, IH), 7.13-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.17 (s, IH), 3.01 (d, / = 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.88 (d, J = 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.67-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.51 (m, IH), 2.56 (m, IH), 2.06 (m, IH), 1.06 (s, 3H). EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1
Figure imgf000049_0001
Step 1: Addition of Aryl Grignard Reagents to Aldehyde B
Figure imgf000049_0002
Aldehyde B (42.7 mg, 0.138 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. 4-fluorobenzyl magnesium chloride (5.5 mL of a 0.25 M solution in Et2O, 1.38 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 h and then quenched with saturated NH4CI (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (25 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The major product was isolated by flash chromatography (5 to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 40.6 mg (70%) of Example 1 as a single diastereomer. Rf = 0.11 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 421; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz): δ 7.42-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.13-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.02 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.09 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 4.16 (br s, IH), 2.85-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.68 (dd, J - 13.5, 5.7 Hz, IH), 2.41 (m, IH), 2.26-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, IH), 1.80 (m, IH), 1.71 (qd, I = 13.0, 3.3 Hz, IH), 1.56 (dd, I = 12.5, 3.5 Hz, IH), 1.40 (m, IH), 1.12 (s, 3H). The following compounds are synthesized following procedures analogous to that described in Example 1 :
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
EXAMPLE 32
Figure imgf000057_0001
Step 1: Addition of Aryl or Vinyl Lithium Reagents to Aldehyde B
1) tBuLi, Eτ20
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000057_0003
A solution of l-bromo-4-fluorobenzene (176 μL, 1.6 mmol) in Et2O
(16 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and tBuLi (1.9 mL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 3.2 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 20 min. and then aldehyde B (49.6 mg, 0.16 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 min. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and the reaction was poured into saturated NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (25 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) gave 52.8 mg of Example 32 contaminated with minor diastereomers. Further purification by chiral HPLC (AD column, 20% isopropyl alcohol/heptanes) gave 35.6 mg (55%) of pure Example 32. R/= 0.16 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 407; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.45 (m, 4H), 7.32 (dd, J= 9.5, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.12 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 5.18 (s, IH), 3.18 (d, J= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.75 (d, 1= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.41 (m, IH), 2.28 (bd, J= 15.1 Hz, IH), 1.82 (m, IH), 1.66-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, IH), 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.20 (m, IH).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to that described in Example 32:
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step 1: Oxidation to the ketone.
Figure imgf000067_0002
A solution of Example 32 (23.0 mg, 0.057 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and NMO (10 mg, 0.085 mmol) was added. After 5 minutes, TPAP (2 mg, 0.0057 mmol) was added to the reaction. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 3 hours and then loaded directly onto a column of silica gel. Elution with 100% CH2C12 followed by 25% EtOAc/hexanes afforded 19.2 mg (84%) of product G. R = 0.32 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 405; (M+l)+.
Step 2: Reduction of ketone.
Figure imgf000068_0001
Compound G (19.2 mg, 0.048 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. NaBEU (10 mg 0.238 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 15 min. and then quenched with saturated NFJ4CI (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (40% EtOAc/hexanes) followed by chiral HPLC to remove minor impurities (AD column, 12% IPA/hexanes) to give 12.6 mg (65%) of pure Example 64. R/ = 0.16 (25% EtOAc/heptanes). LCMS = 407; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 600 MHz): δ 7.45 (dd, I = 9.0, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.32 (dd, /= 8.4, 5.4 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (t, /= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s, IH), 4.64 (d, 1 = 9.0 Hz, IH), 3.63 (d, /= 16.2 Hz, IH), 2.78 (d, /= 16.2 Hz, IH), 2.27- 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.07 (bs, IH), 1.89 (m, IH), 1.68 (m, IH), 1.05-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.13 (s, 3H).
The following examples were synthesized following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 64:
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
EXAMPLE 69
Figure imgf000070_0002
Step 1: Addition of Aryl Lithium to Aldehyde B.
Figure imgf000070_0003
A solution of O-triisopropylsilyloxy-3-bromobenzyl alcohol (230 mg, 0.67 mmol) in Et2O (6.5 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and t-BuLi (785 μL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 1.34 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 15 min. Aldehyde B (20.7 mg, 0.067 mmol) was added by cannula as a solution in THF (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 30 min. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added and the reaction was poured into saturated NEL4CI (15 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 5 to 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 32.4 mg of product containing 1 major and 2 minor diastereomers. Further purification by chiral HPLC (AD column, 15% IP A/heptanes) afforded 19.4 mg (51%) of pure H (major diastereomer). R = 0.22 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 575; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.45-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.36 (s, IH), 7.33 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.24 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.11 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 5.19 (s, IH), 4.86 (s, 2H), 3.19 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.76 (d, J= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.41 (m, IH), 2.27 (br d, J= 15.1 Hz, IH), 1.63-1.82 (m, 5H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.15-1.22 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, /= 6.9 Hz, 18H).
Step 2: Desilyation of the Protected Alcohol or Phenol
Figure imgf000071_0001
Compound H (19.4 mg, 0.034 mmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. TBAF (169 μL of a 1 M solution it THF, 0.169 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 20 min. and then quenched with saturated NB4CI (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (75% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 12.9 mg (91%) of pure Example 69. R/= 0.28 (75% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 419; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (DMSO, 500 MHz): δ 7.50-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.34 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (s, IH), 7.25 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.12 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, IH), 6.17 (s, IH), 5.12 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, IH), 4.99-5.03 (m, 2H), 4.48 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.19 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.73 (d, J- 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.26-2.36 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.53 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, IH), 1.38 (d, /= 12.8 Hz, IH), 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.03 (m, IH).
The following examples were synthesized following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 69:
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Step 1: Alkylation of Example 73.
Figure imgf000074_0001
Example 73 (10.5 mg, 0.025 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (32.4 mg, 0.100 mmol) were combined in a 10 mL flask and DMF (1 mL) was added. Allyl iodide (5 μL, 0.055 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Next, the reaction was poured into H2O (5 mL) and the aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (40% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 11.4 mg (99%) of Example 74. R/= 0.25 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 463; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.44-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 11.0, 8.0 Hz, IH), 6.99 (dd, /= 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.85 (m, IH), 6.11 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, IH), 6.07 (m, IH), 5.43 (dd, / = 17.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 5.31 (dd, J = 10.5, 1.0 Hz, IH), 5.13 (s, IH), 4.63 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, IH), 3.17 (d, J= 15.0 Hz, IH), 2.73 (d, J= 15.0 Hz, IH), 2.40 (m, IH), 2.28 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, IH), 1.58-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.21 (m, IH).
The following examples were synthesized following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 74:
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
EXAMPLE 82
Figure imgf000077_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000077_0002
Aldehyde B (105.5 mg, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (8 mL) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (1.42 mL, 8.16 mmol) was added followed by
TESOTf (1.08 mL, 4.08 mmol). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 6 h, quenched with 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with saturated ΝaHCO3 and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford I which was used directly in the next reaction without further characterization.
I was dissolved in CH2C12 (5 mL) and N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide (536 mg, 1.7 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 15 h and then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 52.1 mg (47%) of two separable diastereomers, 19.5 mg (18%) of the less polar diastereomer J and 32.6 mg (29%) of the more polar diastereomer K.
Less polar diastereomer J: R = 0.24 (50/42/8 hexanes/CH2Cl2/TBME). LCMS = 329; (M+l)+. 1HΝMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 9.88 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, IH), 7.42-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, IH), 7.14-7.18 (m, 2H), 6.25 (s, IH), 2.89 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 2.78 (d, /= 16 Hz, IH), 2.53 (m, IH), 2.33 (br d, J= 14 Hz, IH), 2.06 (m, IH), 1.97 (m, IH), 1.83 (m, IH), 1.69 (m, IH), 1.32 (d, /= 1.4 Hz, 3H).
More polar diastereomer K: R = 0.21 (50/42/8 hexanes/CH2Cl2/TBME). LCMS = 329; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 9.91 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, IH), 7.42-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, /= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (d, /= 2.1 Hz, IH), 3.51 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.44-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.39 (br d, J= 15.8 Hz, IH), 2.10 (m, IH), 1.76-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, IH), 1.18 (s, 3H).
Step 3:
Figure imgf000078_0002
Fluoroaldehyde diastereomer J (17.6 mg, 0.054 mmol) was dissolved in THF (2mL) and cooled to -78 °C. BnMgCl (536 μL of a 1 M solution in Et2O, 0.536 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was warmed to 0 °C for 10 min and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (500 μL) and poured into saturated NF iCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 5.3 mg (24%) of a less polar diastereomer of Example 82 and 3.8 mg (17%) of a more polar diastereomer of Example 82.
Less polar diastereomer of Example 82: R/= 0.40 (25% EtOAc/hexanes, 2 elutions). LCMS = 421; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.41-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.31-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.14 (s, IH), 4.21 (t, J= 9.5 Hz, IH), 3.19 (d, J= 16.0 Hz, IH), 3.11 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, IH), 7.75 (dd, J = 13.5, 10.5 Hz, IH), 2.67 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, IH), 2.61 (m, IH),
2.30 (m, IH), 2.16 (m, IH), 1.97-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.81 (m, IH), 1.26 (d, /= 2.5 Hz, 3H).
More polar diastereomer of Example 82: R/= 0.37 (25% EtOAc/hexanes, 2 elutions). LCMS = 421; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.45 (dd, J= 8.5, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (s, 3H), 7.33 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.18 (s, IH), 4.05 (dd, J= 21, 10.5 Hz, IH), 3.12 (d, J= 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.97 (s, 2H), 2.78 (dd, J= 13.5, 10.4 Hz, IH), 2.69 (m, IH), 2.24 (m, IH), 1.89-2.05 (m, 3H), 1.79 (br s, IH), 1.67 (m, IH), 1.35 (d, J= 3 Hz, IH).
The two other possible diastereomers of 82 were prepared in similar manner from the more polar fluoroaldehyde diastereomer K.
EXAMPLE 83 and 84
Figure imgf000080_0001
Step 1: Addition of Grignard Reagents to Fluoroaldehyde K
ol)
Figure imgf000080_0002
Example 83 and 84
Fluoroaldehyde K (28.7 mg, 0.0875 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. 4-fiuorobenzyl magnesium bromide (218 μL of a 2.0 M solution in diethyl ether, 0.438 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 hour and then quenched with saturated NFύCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 80% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers. Further purification by PTLC (40/40/20 hexanes/CH2Cl2 Et2O) afforded 18.4 mg (50%) of the less polar diastereomer and 11.1 mg (30%) of the more polar diastereomer. Less Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.20 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 425; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.36 (t, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (t, J = 9 Hz, 2H), 6.17 (s, IH), 5.20 (s, IH), 3.36 (d, J = 15 Hz, IH), 2.81 (s, IH), 2.77 (d, J = 15 Hz, IH), 2.47 (m, IH), 2.29 (m, IH), 2.15 (m, HT), 1.82 (m, IH), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 3H).
More Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.20 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 425; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.43-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.13 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (t, J = 9 Hz, 2H), 6.18 (s, IH), 4.93 (d, / = 15.5 Hz, IH), 3.42 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 3.12 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 2.52 (m, IH), 2.36 (m, IH), 1.90 (m, IH), 1.66 (m, IH), 1.03 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 84 and 85
Figure imgf000081_0001
Step 1 :
Figure imgf000081_0002
4-bromopyridine HCl (257.9 mg, 1.33 mmol) was dissolved in 5% Na2CO3 (8 mL). The solution was then extracted with Et O (12 mL) and the Et2O layer was dried over Mg2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was azeotroped with benzene (1 mL) and was then dissolved in Et2O (11.2 ml) and cooled to -78 °C. t-BuLi (527 μL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 0.973 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 20 minutes and then fluoroaldehyde K (29.0 mg, 0.088 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and then the reaction was poured into saturated NHtCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (20 to 100% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers. Further purification using an AD chiral column (25% TPAJ heptanes) afforded 19.1 mg (53%) of peak 1 and 4.8 mg (13%) of peak 2. Peak 1: Rf = 0.50 (100% EtOAc). LCMS = 408; (M+l)+. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 8.42 (s, 2H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.36 (s, IH), 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.12 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.16 (s, IH), 3.37 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 2.77 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 2.46 (m, IH), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.52 (m, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H).
Peak 2: Rf = 0.50 (100% EtOAc). LCMS = 408; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 8.63 (s, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.15 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.29 (s, IH), 4.92 (d, J = 18.6 Hz, IH), 3.43 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 3.13 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.36 (m, 2H), 1.69 (m, IH), 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.12 (s, 3H).
The following compound was synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for fluoroaldehyde K and beginning from aldehyde F:
Figure imgf000082_0001
EXAMPLE 86
Figure imgf000083_0001
Step 1 : Addition of Aryl Lithium to Fluoroaldehyde L.
Figure imgf000083_0002
Example 86
Figure imgf000083_0003
A solution of 3-Bromothianapthene (113.3 μL, 0.866 mmol) in Et2O (8 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and t-BuLi (1.01 mL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 1.73 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 20 minutes and then fluoroaldehyde L (27.2 mg, 0.0866 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and then the reaction was poured into saturated NH4.CI (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) followed by PTLC (20/40/40 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O) followed by an AD chiral column (25% EPA/heptanes) afforded 1.6 mg (4%) of example 86: Rf = 0.43 (60% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 449; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.65 (s, IH), 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.15 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (s, IH), 5.38 (dd, J = 5.4 Hz, 22.2 Hz, IH), 3.38 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, IH), 3.06 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, IH), 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, IH), 1.73 (m, IH), 1.36 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 87
Figure imgf000084_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000084_0002
Aldehyde B (19.7 mg, 0.0635 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. NaBHj (12 mg, 0.317 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. 1 mL of saturated NHtCl was added to quench the reaction, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 30% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 13.2 mg (67%) of 87 as a white solid (9:1 ratio of diastereomers). R = 0.13 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 313; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (major diastereomer) (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.43-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.15 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.12 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, IH), 3.91 (dd, J= 10.5, 3.9 Hz, IH), 3.51 (dd, J = 10.0, 8.9 Hz, IH), 2.96 (d, J= 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.66 (d, J= 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.30-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, IH), 1.89 (m, IH), 1.66 (m, IH), 1.34-1.45 (m, 2H), 0.95 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 88
Figure imgf000085_0001
Step l
Figure imgf000085_0002
Example 22 (9.5 mg, 0.0236 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (1 mL) and PCC (15.2 mg, 0.0708 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr and then diluted with hexanes (2 mL) and filtered through a plug of silica gel with 40% EtOAc/hexanes. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (25%EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 5.0 mg (53%) of Example 88 as a white solid. R = 0.27 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 401; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz) δ 7.42-7.45 (m, IH), 7.37 (s, IH), 7.35 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.28 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.22 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, IH), 7.13- 7.22 (m, IH), 6.11 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 3.81 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, IH), 3.77 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.83 (dd, J= 12.5, 3.1 Hz, IH), 2.76 (d, J= 15.2 Hz, IH), 2.67 (d, J= 15.2 Hz, IH), 2.42 (m, IH), 2.29 (m, IH), 1.77-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.67 (m, IH), 1.35 (m, IH), 1.20 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 89
Figure imgf000086_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000086_0002
Example 22 (165.9 mg, 0.412 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (20 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. 2,6-lutidine (265 μL, 2.27 mmol) and TBDMSOTf (142 μL, 0.618 mmol) were added and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 16 h, additional 2,6-lutidine (300 μL, 2.58 mmol) and TBDMSOTf (300 μL, 1.31 mmol) were added to the reaction. The reaction was stined for an additional 3 h and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (1 mL). The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and the organic solution was washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, IN HCl, saturated NaHCO3, and brine (25 mL of each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (15% TBME/hexanes) gave 207.1 mg (97%) of compound M. R = 0.38 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). 1H NMR (C C13, 500 MHz) δ 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.18 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.10-7.14 (m, 4H), 5.98 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 4.24 (dd, J = 10.5, 4.0 Hz, IH), 2.96 (dd, J= 13.0, 4.0 Hz, IH), 2.72 (dd, J = 13.0, 10.5 Hz, IH), 2.55 (d, 7 = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.35 (m, IH), 2.22 (bd, 7= 15.3 Hz, IH), 1.88 (m, IH), 1.80 (m, IH), 1.64-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.44 (dd, 7 = 10.5, 3.0 Hz, IH), 1.28 (m, IH), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.94 (s, 9H), 0.21 (s, 3H), 0.19 (s, 3H).
Step 2:
Figure imgf000087_0001
CrO3 (550 mg, 5.5 mmol) was placed in a 50 mL roundbottom flask equipped with a stir bar, and 15 mL of dry CH2C12 was added. The suspension was cooled to -20 °C and 3,5-dimethylpyrrole (793 mg, 8.25 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined for 15 min. at -20 °C and compound M (142 mg, 0.275 mmol) was added by cannula in CH2C12 (6mL). The reaction was stirred for 1.5 h while the temperature was maintained between -20 and -15 °C. The reaction was then diluted with 100 mL of 3:1 hexanes/Et2θ and filtered through a plug of silica gel. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography with 15% EtOAc/hexanes and then with 2% TBME/toluene to afford 20.8 mg (14%) of compound N. R = 0.29 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 531; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.44 (s, IH), 7.39-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.22 (s, IH), 7.13-7.21 (m, 5 H), 4.33 (dd, J= 10.5, 4.0 Hz, IH), 3.04 (dd, J= 13.0, 4.0 Hz, IH), 2.70-2.79 (m, 3H), 2.32 (m, IH), 2.01-2.07 (m, IH), 1.85 (d, J= 16.1 Hz, IH), 1.75 (m, IH), 1.11 (s, 3H), 0.93 (s, 9H), 0.24 (s, 3H), 0.20 (s, 3H).
Step 3:
Figure imgf000088_0001
Compound N (15.8 mg, 0.0298 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4.5 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C and MeLi (42 μL of a 1.4 M solution in Et2O (0.0596 mmol)) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined for 15 min. at -78 °C and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (100 μL). The cold solution was poured into saturated NHtCl (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue (17.0 mg) was dissolved in toluene (2 mL) and -toluenesulphonic acid monohydrate (5 mg, 0.0263 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 15 min. and then diluted with EtOAc (40 mL). The organic solution was washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine (15 mL of each). The organic layer was dried over Na SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 5.7 mg (36%) of compound O. R/= 0.30 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 529; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.40-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.18 (m, 5H), 6.10 (s, IH), 5.88 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, IH), 4.40 (dd, 7= 10.3, 4.1 Hz, IH), 2.95 (dd, 7 = 13.0, 4.1 Hz, IH), 2.70-
2.75 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, IH), 2.25 (dt, 7 = 19.0, 5.0 Hz, IH), 1.96 (d, 7= 15.4 Hz, IH),
1.76 (s, 3H), 1.73 (dd, 7= 12.5, 4.3 Hz, IH), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.94 (s, 9H), 0.20 (s, 6H). Step 4:
Figure imgf000089_0001
Compound O (5.7 mg, 0.0108 mmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and TBAF (150 μL of a 1 M solution in THF, 0.15 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and then poured into saturated NHiCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (30% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 3.5 mg (78%) of Example 89. R/= 0.39 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 415; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.41 (t, 7 = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.18 (m, 2H), 6.22 (s, IH), 5.92 (d, 7= 5.5 Hz, IH), 4.31 (m, IH), 2.97 (d, 7= 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.86 (dd, 7 = 13.0, 9.0 Hz, IH), 2.70 (dd, 7 = 13.0, 5.0 Hz, IH), 2.63 (m, IH), 2.48 (d, 7 = 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.31 (dt, 7= 18.7, 5.0 Hz, IH), 1.89 (dd, 7= 12.3, 4.3 Hz, IH), 1.83 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 90
Figure imgf000089_0002
Step l:
Figure imgf000090_0001
Ketone A (18.6 mg, 0.063 mmol) was dissolved in THF and cooled to
0 °C. BnMgCI (314 μL of a 1 M solution in THF, 0.314 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. Saturated NHtCl (1 mL) was added to quench the reaction and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 14.0 mg (57%) of Example 90. R = 0.21 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 389; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.45-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 3H), 7.15-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.26 (s, IH), 3.52 (d, 7= 17.1 Hz, IH), 2.98 (d, 7= 14.0 Hz, IH), 2.86 (d, 7= 14.0 Hz, IH), 2.68 (d, 7= 17.1 Hz, IH), 2.61 (m, IH), 2.20 (dd, 7= 9.0, 4.4 Hz, IH), 1.61-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.46 (m, IH), 1.37 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 91
Figure imgf000090_0002
Step 1:
Figure imgf000091_0001
A solution of t-BuLi (150 μL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 0.258 mmol) in Et2O (5 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and aldehyde B (16.0 mg, 0.0516 mmol) was added as a solution in THF (2 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm slowly to -20 °C and then cooled back to -78 °C. The reaction was quenched by the addition of isopropyl alcohol (1 mL) and then poured into saturated NFJ Cl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL), and the organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 8.0 mg (42%) of 91. R = 0.24 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 369; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.43-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.14 (t, 7= 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.11 (d, 7= 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.49 (s, IH), 2.83 (d, 7= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.45 (d, 7= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.39 (m, IH), 2.32 (br d, 7= 14.6 Hz, IH), 1.59-1.86 (m, 3H), 1.41 (m, IH), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
EXAMPLE 92
Figure imgf000091_0002
Step 1:
Figure imgf000092_0001
2-phenyl-l,3-dithiane (408 mg, 2.08 mmol) was dissolved in THF (8 mL) and cooled to -78 °C. n-BuLi (865 μL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 1.38 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to 0 °C. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 30 min. and then cooled back to -78 °C. A solution of aldehyde B (53.7 mg, 0.173 mmol) was added in THF (2 mL) by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 10 min. and then warmed to 0 °C and stined at that temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched with isopropyl alcohol (1 mL) and then poured into saturated NTUCl (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the organic layer layer was washed with H2O and brine (20 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 54.0 mg (62%) of P. R = 0.23 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 507; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.04 (d, 7 = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.32 (t, 7= 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.04 (d, 7= 2.1 Hz, IH), 4.12 (m, IH), 2.64-2.75 (m, 5H), 2.17-2.30 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, IH), 1.37 (qd, 7 = 13.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 1.18 (m, IH), 1.00 (s, 3H), 0.90 (m, IH). Step 2:
Figure imgf000093_0001
To dithiane P (10.3 mg, 0.020 mmol) was added CH3CN (900 μL), toluene (200 μL), and H2O (100 μL). The biphasic solution was stirred vigorously, and [bis(trifluoracetoxy)iodo]benzene (17.5 mg, 0.041 mmol) was added. After 15 min., an additional portion of [bis(trifluoracetoxy)iodo]benzene (25 mg, 0.058 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined for an additional 10 min. and then quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL), and the organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography to yield 4.4 mg (52%) of 92. R = 0.33 (25% EtOAc/hexanes, 2 elutions). LCMS = 417; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.90 (d, 7= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (t, 7= 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.49-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.08 (d, 7= 2 Hz, IH), 5.44 (d, 7 = 6.2 Hz, IH), 3.79 (d, 7= 6.2 Hz, IH), 3.30 (d, 7= 14.6 Hz, IH), 2.85 (d, 7= 14.7 Hz, IH), 2.36 (m, IH), 2.22 (m, IH), 1.90 (dd, 7 = 12.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 1.76 (m, IH), 1.70 (dd, 7= 12.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.10- 1.18 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000093_0002
Example 42 (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (8 mL) and NMO (22.8 mg, 0.195 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 5 min. and TPAP (4.5 mg, 0.013 mmol) was added. Stirring was continued at 0 °C for an additional 1 h. The reaction was diluted with hexanes (2 mL) and filtered through a plug of silica gel with 10% EtOAc/hexanes to afford 40 mg (80%) of Example 93 as a yellow oil. R = 0.35 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 393; (M+l)+.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Example 93 (20 mg, 0.051 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (5 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C. Phenyl lithium (300 μL of a 1.8 M solution in Et2O (0.53 mmol)) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined for 1 h at -78 °C and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (500 μL). The cold solution was poured into saturated NHtCl (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2S0 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (20% AcCN/ H2O) to afford 16 mg (67%) of Example 94 as a single diastereomer. R = 0.20 (30% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 471; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.61-7.59 (m, IH), 7.49-7.45 (m, IH), 7.35-7.27 (m, IH), 7.32-7.11 (m, 9H), 7.03-7.02 (dd, 7= 3.5, 4.8 Hz, IH), 6.13 (br s, IH), 2.76 (dd, 7 = 3.4, 11.0 Hz, IH), 2.58 (d, 7= 16 Hz, IH), 2.45-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.23 (d, 7= 16.0 Hz, IH), 1.04 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000095_0001
Example 93 (20 mg, 0.051 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (5 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C. Methyl lithium (760 μL of a 1.4 M solution in Et2O) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined for 3 h at - 78 °C and then quenched with isopropyl alcohol (1 mL). The cold solution was poured into saturated NHiCl (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with H20 and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (30%- EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 8.8 mg (42%) of Example 95. R = 0.60 (30% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 409; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.48-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.14 (m, IH), 6.13 (br s, IH), 3.29 (d, 7 = 16 Hz, IH), 2.70 (d, 7= 16 Hz, IH), 2.39-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.71 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.57 (m, 4H), 1.28 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000095_0002
Example 95 (6.2 mg, 0.015 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (7 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (19 μL, 0.15 mmol) and triethylsilane (24 μL, 0.15 mmol) were added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined for 1 h at 0 °C and then quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (2 mL). The solution was poured into H2O (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (75 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 3.5 mg (59%) of Example 96. R = 0.60 (15% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 393; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.47-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.24 (dd, 7 = 4.9, 3.0 Hz, IH), 7.17-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.13 (br s, IH), 3.41-3.39 (dq, 7 = 7.3 Hz, 2.3 Hz, IH), 3.11 (d, 7= 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.75 (d, 7= 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.32-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.71 (dt, 7= 5.4, 2.8 Hz, IH), 1.41-1.38 (m, IH), (d, 7 = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.33-1.24 (m, 2H), 0.84 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000096_0001
Example 35 and TPAP and NMO were processed as in Example 93 to provide the desired compound. Rf = 0.40 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 393; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.99-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.59 (m,lH), 7.52 (t, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.47-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.19 (t, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.19 (br s, IH), 3.73- 3.70 (dd, 7 = 9.6 Hz, 2.7 Hz, IH), 2.73 (d, 7 = 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.51-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.38- 2.35 (m, IH), 2.07-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.77 (m, IH), 1.27 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000096_0002
Example 97 and MeLi were processed as in Example 95 to provide the desired compound. Rf = 0.30 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 403; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.53-7.30 (m, 8H), 7.17-7.13 (m,2H), 6.11 (br s, IH), 3.16-3.13 (d, 7 = 16 Hz, IH), 2.65-2.61 (d, 7 = 16 Hz, IH), 2.47-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 1.63-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for examples 93 and 95:
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
EXAMPLE 105 and 106
Figure imgf000099_0001
Step 1: Addition of Grignard Reagents to Aldehyde F
Figure imgf000099_0002
Example 105 and 106
Aldehyde F (16.7 mg, 0.0564 mmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. 3-butenyl magnesium chloride (1.1 mL of a 0.5 M solution in THF, 0.564 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 hour and then quenched with saturated NH4CI (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The two diastereomeric products were isolated by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 9.6 mg (48%) of the less polar diastereomer and 5.0 mg (25%) of the more polar diastereomer. Less Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.17 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 353; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz): δ 7.44-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.14 (t, 7 = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.13 (s, IH), 5.88 (m, IH), 5.10 (dd, 7 = 17, 1.4 Hz, IH), 5.02 (d, 7 = 10.3 Hz, IH), 3.77 (m, IH), 2.85 (d, 7 = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.61 (m, IH), 2.57 (d, 7 = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.42 (m, IH), 2.29 (m, IH), 2.20 (m, IH), 2.05 (m, IH), 1.81-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, IH), 1.60 (m, IH), 1.00 (s, 3H).
More Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.12 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 353; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.45-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.39 (s, IH), 7.14 (t, 7 = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.13 (s, IH), 5.88 (m, IH), 5.09 (dd, 7 = 17, 1.4 Hz, IH), 5.01 (d, 7 = 10.0 Hz, IH), 3.71 (m, IH), 3.13 (d, 7 = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.65 (d, 7 = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.60 (m, IH), 2.45 (m, IH), 2.29 (m, IH), 2.19 (m, IH), 1.83-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, IH), 1.45-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.04 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for examples 105 and 106:
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
EXAMPLE 115 and 116
Figure imgf000102_0002
Step 1:
Figure imgf000103_0001
A solution of l-Bromo-4-fluorobenzene (85 μL, 0.777 mmol) in Et2O (8 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and tBuLi (914 μL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 1.55 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 20 minutes and then aldehyde F (23.0 mg, 0.0777 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and then the reaction was poured into saturated NHtCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers. Further purification by PTLC (20/60/20 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O) afforded 13.8 mg (45%) of the less polar diastereomer and 9.0 mg (30%) of the more polar diastereomer.
Less Polar diastereomer (115): Rf = 0.42 (20/60/20 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O). LCMS = 393; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz): δ 7.36- 7,43 (m, 4H), 7.19 (s, IH), 7.08-7.14 (m, 4H), 6.11 (s, IH), 4.66 (d, 7 = 8.5 Hz, IH), 2.63 (m, IH), 2.45 (m, IH), 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.09 (d, 7 = 15.6 Hz, IH), 1.95 (m, IH), 1.71 (d, 7= 15.6 Hz, IH), 1.00 (s, 3H).
More Polar diastereomer (116): Rf = 0.20 (20/60/20 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O). LCMS = 393; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.45- 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.33-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.03-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.14 (s, IH), 4.64 (d, 7 = 10.1 Hz, IH), 3.25 (d, 7 = 15.8 Hz, IH), 2.78 (d, 7 = 15.8 Hz, IH), 2.53 (m, IH), 2.33 (m, IH), 2.17 (m, IH), 1.93 (br s, IH), 1.46 (m, IH), 1.23 (m, IH), 1.17 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for Examples 115 and 116:
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0003
EXAMPLE 137+138
Figure imgf000109_0001
Step 1: Addition of Lithium Reagents generated by deprotonation with BuLi to Aldehyde F
Figure imgf000109_0002
A solution of benzothiophene (403 μL, 3.45 mmol) in THF (16 mL) was cooled to - 78 °C and rcBuLi (1.73 mL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 2.76 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was warmed to 0 °C for 15 minutes and then cooled back to -78 °C. Aldehyde F (68.1 mg, 0.230 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added by cannula and the reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and then the reaction was poured into saturated NHrCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (5 to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) gave the product as a mixture of diastereomers. The two diastereomers were separated by preparatory TLC in 40/40/20 CH2Cl2/hexanes/Et2O followed by preparatory TLC in 50/50/3 hexanes/CH2Cl2/MeOH. 22.6 mg of 137 (23%) and 28.4 mg of 138 (29%) were isolated. Characterization for 137: Rf = 0.18 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 431; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz) δ 7.87 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.79 (d, 7 = 7.0 Hz, IH), 7.35-7.44 (m, 4H), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.17 (s, IH), 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.14 (t, 7= 2Hz, IH), 5.07 (dd, 7= 8.5, 3 Hz, IH), 2.66 (dd, 7 = 19, 10.5 Hz, IH), 2.48 (m, IH), 2.32-2.41(m, 3H), 2.07-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, IH), 1.08 (s, 3H). Characterization for 138: Rf = 0.18 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 431 ; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.84 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.73 (d, 7= 7.0 Hz, IH), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.42 (s, IH), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.23 (s, IH), 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.16 (t, 7 = 2.0 Hz, IH) 5.02 (dd, 7= 10.0, 3.0 Hz, IH), 3.25 (d, 7= 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.81 (d, 7 = 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.58 (m, IH), 2.34-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.11 (d, 7 = 3 Hz, IH), 1.55 (m, IH), 1.19 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for examples 137 and 138:
Figure imgf000111_0001
EXAMPLE 143
Figure imgf000112_0001
Step 1: Addition of Lithium Reagents generated by deprotonation with BuLi to Aldehyde B
Figure imgf000112_0002
A solution of thiophene (82 μL, 1.021 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and nBuLi (510 μL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 0.816 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was warmed to 0 °C for 15 minutes and then cooled back to -78 °C. Aldehyde B (21.1 mg, 0.068 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added by cannula and the reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and then the reaction was poured into saturated NFJ4CI (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (5 to 15% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 20.5 mg (76%) of 143. Rf = 0.18 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 395; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.44-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.22 (dd, 7 = 5.0, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.14-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.99 (dd, 7= 5.0, 3.5 Hz, IH), 6.95 (d, 7= 3.5 Hz, IH), 6.12 (d, 7= 2.2 Hz, IH), 5.38 (s, IH), 3.10 (d, 7= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.70 (d, 7 = 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.42 (m, IH), 2.31 (m, IH), 2.2 (br s, IH), 1.91 (dd, 7 = 12.3, 3.4 Hz, IH), 1.88 (m, IH), 1.70-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.33 (m, IH), 1.23 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to that described in Example 143:
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for examples 93 and 95 and starting from example 115/116:
Figure imgf000114_0002
Figure imgf000115_0001
EXAMPLE 150
Figure imgf000115_0002
Step 1. Reduction of Ketone
Figure imgf000115_0003
Example 88 (10.0 mg, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and NaBELi (15 mg, 0.125 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 2 hours and then quenched with saturated NH4CI (1 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (5 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by PTLC to afford 7.9 mg (79%) of alcohol as a 3:1 mixture of diastereomers favoring 150 over 22. Further purification by chiral HPLC (OD column, 35% IP A/heptanes) gave 4.7 mg (47%) of pure 150 (slower eluting isomer). R/= 0.23 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 403; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.45-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.36 (t, 7= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (t, 7= 7.7 Hz, 3H), 7.14-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.14 (s, IH), 4.02 (m, IH), 3.22 (d, 7= 15.5 Hz, IH), 3.03 (d, 7= 12.5 Hz, IH), 2.71 (d, 7 =15.5 Hz, IH), 2.60 (dd, 7 = 13.1, 10.6 Hz, IH), 2.36 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, IH), 1.93 (m, IH), 1.86 (dt, 7 = 12.4, 3.6 Hz, IH), 1.39-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.14 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 151 and 152
Figure imgf000116_0001
Step 1.
Figure imgf000117_0001
Example 22 (21.3 mg, 0.053 mmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and PtO2 (6 mg) was added. The solution was placed under H2 and stirred at room temperature. After 3 hours, the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 7.7 mg (36%) of 151 as a white solid and 9.2 mg (43%) of 152 as a white solid.
151 (Less Polar diastereomer): Rf = 0.28 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 405; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.44-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.27 (t, 7 = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (t, 7 = 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.13 (m, 4H), 4.22 (m, IH), 2.92 (d, 7 = 16.0 Hz, IH), 2.81 (dd, 7 = 13.3, 8.9 Hz, IH), 2.72 (dd, 7 = 16.8, 6.2 Hz, IH), 2.62 (dd, 7 = 13.3, 4.5 Hz, IH), 2.54 (dd, 7 = 16.9, 6.1 Hz, IH), 2.15 (d, 7 = 16.0 Hz, IH), 2.08 (br s, IH), 1.86 (m, IH), 1.79 (m, IH), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, IH), 1.28-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.15 (s, 3H).
152 (More Polar diastereomer): Rf = 0.21 (25%) EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 405; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.42 (s,
IH), 7.35 (t, 7 = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (t, 7 = 7.9 Hz, 3H), 7.12-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.26 (m, IH), 2.90 (dd, 7 = 13.3, 8.6 Hz, IH), 2.74 (d, 7 = 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.72 (dd, 7 = 13.3, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.53 (dd, 7 = 16.3, 4.8 Hz, IH), 2.38 (dd, 7 = 16, 12 Hz, IH), 2.01 (d, 7 = 15.1 Hz, IH), 1.91 (m, IH), 1.73 (m, IH), 1.64 (m, IH), 1.57 (m, IH), 1.51 (m, IH), 1.34-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, IH), 0.95 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 153
Figure imgf000118_0001
Step 1. Cyclopropanation of the alkene
Figure imgf000118_0002
A solution of Et2Zn (410 μL of a 1 M solution in hexanes, 0.41 mmol) in dichloroethane (1 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and CH2I2 (66 μL, 0.821 mmol) was added. The reaction was stined for 5 minutes and the formation of a white precipitate was observed. A solution of 43 (17.0 mg, 0.041 mmol) in dichloroethane (1 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stined for 1 hour. After this period of time, the reaction was quenched with 1 N HCl (1 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O, aq. NaHSO3, saturated NaHCO3, and brine (15 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 10.2 mg (58%) of 153. R = 0.14 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 429; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.37-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.30 (t, 7 = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (t, 7 = 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.05 (d, 7= 2.1 Hz, IH), 3.59 (s, IH), 2.79 (d, 7= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.19-2.31 (m, 3H), 1.83 (dd, 7 = 12.7, 3.0 Hz, IH), 1.63 (m, IH), 1.11-1.34 (m, IH), 1.04 (s, 3H) 1.00 (m, IH), 0.89 (m, IH), 0.83 (m, IH), 0.78 (m, IH).
Example 154 was synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for Example 153:
Figure imgf000119_0002
EXAMPLE 156
Figure imgf000119_0001
Step 1.
Figure imgf000120_0001
To a solution of aldehyde B (35.5 mg, 0.1145 mmol) in THF (200 μL) was added tBuOH (200 μL), 2-methyl-2-butene (200 μL), and a solution of NaClO2 (23 mg, 0.252 mmol) and NaH2PO4 (35 mg, 0.252 mmol) in H2O (250 μL). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 2 hours and then partitioned between EtOAc and H2O (25 mL of each). The aqueous layer was acidified with IN HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL). All of the organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (40/60/1 EtOAc/hexanes/HOAc) to afford 33.3 mg (89%) of acid 155. Rf= 0.22 (40/60/1 EtOAc/hexanes/HOAc). LCMS = 327; (M + 1)+.
Step 2. Coupling of carboxylic acid to amine
Figure imgf000120_0002
To a solution of 155 (10.5 mg, 0.0322 mmol) in CH3CN (0.5 mL) was added DIPEA (23 μL, 0.129 mmol) and HATU (15 mg, 0.0387 mmol). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 5 minutes and then benzylamine (6 μL, 0.0483 mmol) was added. After 30 minutes, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (40 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO , brine, 1 N HCl, saturated NaHCO3, and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (20 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 9.4 mg (70%) of 156. R = 0.22 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 416; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.41-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.38 (m, 6H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.11 (d, 7 = 1.8 Hz, IH), 5.87 (t, 7= 5.4 Hz, IH), 4.47 (m, 2H), 2.81 (d, 7 = 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.68 (d, 7= 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.43 (m, IH), 2.29 (m, IH), 2.25 (dd, 7= 12.7, 3.3 Hz, IH), 1.97 (qd, 7 = 13, 3.4 Hz, IH) 1.89 (m, IH), 1.79 (m, IH), 1.37 (m, IH), 1.19 (s, 3H).
Example 157 was synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for Example 156:
Figure imgf000121_0002
EXAMPLE 159
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
To a 0 °C solution of 87 (35.4 mg, 0.113 mmol) in CH2C12 was added pyridine (270 μL, 2.72 mmol) and MsCl (105 μL, 1.36 mmol). The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 hour and then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with saturated NaHCO3, H2O, 1 N HCl, and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in DMPU (4 mL) and NaN3 (37 mg, 0.565 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 days and then heated to 50 °C for 6 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with H2O and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (20%
EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 32.2 mg (84%) of 158. Rf= 0.38 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 338; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.43-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.13-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.14 (d, 7= 1.9 Hz, IH), 3.61 (dd, 7= 12.1, 3.7 Hz, IH), 3.11 (dd, 7 = 12.0, 9.7 Hz, IH), 2.91 (d, 7 = 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.63 (d, 7 = 15.4 Hz, IH), 2.29- 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.97 (m, IH), 1.87 (m, IH), 1.71 (m, IH), 1.31-1.43 (m, 2H), 0.96 (s, 3H).
Step 2.
Figure imgf000123_0001
To a solution of 158 (3.8 mg, 0.0113 mmol) in THF (300 μL) was added triphenylphosphine (10 mg, 0.0381 mmol) and water (20 μL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then DIPEA was added (50 μL). The reaction was diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH2C12 (1 mL) and DIPEA (100 μL, 0.574 mmol) and benzoyl chloride (20 μL, 0.172 mmol) were added. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 10 minutes, diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with saturated NaHC03, brine, 1 N HCl, and brine (5 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (60% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 4.1 mg (88%) of 159. R = 0.35 (60%o EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 416; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz) δ 7.78 (d, 7 = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.52 (m, 6H), 7.15 (t, 7= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.20 (s, IH), 6.13 (d, 7= 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.75 (m, IH), 3.32 (m, IH), 3.07 (d, 7= 15.3 Hz, IH), 2.78 (d, 7= 15.3 Hz, IH) 2.40 (m, IH), 2.32 (m, IH), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.76 (m, IH), 1.32- 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.05 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for Example 159:
Figure imgf000124_0001
EXAMPLE 164
Figure imgf000125_0001
Step 1.
Figure imgf000125_0002
To a solution of 145 (7.4 mg, 0.018 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added LAH (144 μL of a 1 M solution in Et O, 0.144 mmol). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 24 hours and then added slowly to a mixture of Et2O/lN HCl (10/1, 20 mL). The mixture was washed with H2O and brine (5 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 4.5 mg (61%) of 164. R/= 0.17 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 415; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.45-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.40 (d, 7= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, 7= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (t, 7 = 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.15 (t, 7= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.62 (d, 7 = 15.9 Hz, IH), 6.31 (dd, 7= 16.0, 5.4 Hz, IH), 6.12 (d, 7= 1.8 Hz, IH), 4.73 (d, 7= 5.0 Hz, IH), 3.09 (d, 7= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.62 (d, 7= 15.1 Hz, IH), 2.42 (m, IH), 2.32 (m, IH), 1.91 (m, IH), 1.79 (m, IH), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, IH), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 165
Figure imgf000126_0001
Step 1.
Figure imgf000126_0002
To a solution of 145 (12.9 mg, 0.031 mmol) in hexanes/THF (3/1; 1.6 mL) was added Pd on CaCO3 poisoned with lead (4 mg) and quinoline (15 μL). The mixture was stined at room temperature for 15 minutes and then placed under H2. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 2 hours and then the catalyst was removed by filtration. The filtrate was diluted with EtOAc (35 mL), washed with 1 N HCl and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 7.3 mg (56%) of 165. R = 0.17 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 415; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) δ 7.38-7.44 (m, 4H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.14 (t, 7= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.56 (d, 7= 11.7 Hz, IH), 6.08 (d, 7= 1.8 Hz, IH), 5.90 (dd, 7 = 11.7, 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, 7 = 8.9 Hz, IH), 2.76 (d, 7= 15.2 Hz, IH), 2.29-2.42 (m, 3H), 1.88-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.77 (qd, 7= 9.6, 3.3 Hz, IH), 1.62 (dd, 7 = 12.5, 2.4 Hz, IH), 1.41 (m, IH), 1.10 (s, 3H).
Example 166+167
Figure imgf000127_0001
Step 1 : Addition of Lithium Phenyl Sulfone Reagent to Aldehyde F
Figure imgf000127_0002
A solution of methyl phenyl sulfone (285 mg, 1.83 mmol) in THF (16 mL) was cooled to 0°C and nBuLi (950 μL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 1.52 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0°C for 1 hour and then it was further cooled to -78°C. Aldehyde F (45.1 mg, 0.152 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and then the reaction was poured into saturated NH4CI (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (10 to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers. Further purification by PTLC (20/40/40 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O) afforded 24.4 mg (35%) of the less polar diastereomer and 11.3 mg (16%) of the more polar diastereomer.
Less Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.32 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 453; (M+1)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 600 MHz): δ 7.98 (d, 7 = 7.8Hz, 2H), 7.70 (t, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.61 (t, 7 = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.36 (s, IH), 6.08 (s, IH), 4.32 (m, IH), 3.48 (s, IH), 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.67 (d, 7 = 15 Hz, IH), 2.57 (m, IH), 2.51 (d, 7 = 15 Hz, IH), 2.15 (s, IH), 1.99 (m, IH), 1.91 (m, IH), 1.83 (m, IH), 0.89 (s, 3H).
More Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.32 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 453; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (m, IH), 7.61 (t, 7 = 9 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.13 (t, 7 = 9Hz, 2H), 6.11 (s, IH), 4.26 (m, IH), 3.27 (s, 2H), 3.15 (d, 7 = 19.2 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (d, 7 = 19.2 Hz, IH), 2.57 (m, IH), 2.42 (m, IH), 2.15 (s, IH), 1.98 (m, IH), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, IH), 1.03 (s, 3H).
Starting from the appropriate aldehyde, the following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for examples 166 and 167:
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Epoxide O/R
Figure imgf000129_0002
Step 1:
Figure imgf000129_0003
Trimethyl sulfoxonium iodide (240 mg, 1.09 mmol) was added as a solid to a suspension of sodium hydride (36.5 mg, 0.91 mmol of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in DMSO (2 mL). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 10 minutes. Aldehyde F (54.0 mg, 0.18 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 2 hours. 1 mL of water was added and then the reaction was poured into saturated NaHCO3 (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 40% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded 8.8 mg (16%) of the less polar diastereomer and 11.2 mg (20%) of the more polar diastereomer.
Less Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.56 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 311; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.91 (s, IH), 6.80 (t, 7 = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.85 (s, IH), 2.56 (m, IH), 2.44 (d, 7= 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.32 (m, IH), 2.24 (m, IH), 2.18 (d, 7 = 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.12 (m, IH), 2.02 (m, IH), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, IH), 0.63 (s, 3H).
More Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.52 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 311; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.94 (s, IH), 6.84 (t, 7 = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.82 (s, IH), 2.50 (m, IH), 2.47 (s, IH), 2.79 (m, IH), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, IH), 0.67 (s, 3H).
Starting from the appropriate aldehyde, the following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for Q/R:
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
EXAMPLE 170 and 171
Figure imgf000131_0002
Step 1: Addition of Lithium Phenyl Sulfone Reagent to Epoxide R
1) nBuLi, THF
Figure imgf000131_0003
Figure imgf000131_0004
A solution of methyl phenyl sulfone (305 mg, 1.92 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was cooled to 0°C and rcBuLi (1 mL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 1.6 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. and then cooled to -78 °C. Epoxide R (10 mg, 0.032 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and left at room temperature overnight. After stirring overnight at room temperature, 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added, and the reaction was poured into saturated NHiCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 100% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of desired product and minor impurities. Further purification by PTLC (20/40/40 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O) afforded 4.9 mg (33%) of 170. Rf = 0.17 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 467; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 7.94 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (t, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.59 (t, 7 = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, IH), 7.13 (t, 7 = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.13 (s, IH), 3.82 (t, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 3.29 (m, 2H), 3.05 (d, 7= 15.6 Hz, IH), 2.61 (m, IH), 2.45 (m, IH), 2.12 (m, IH), 1.83 (m, 4H), 1.64 (m, IH), 1.53 (m, IH), 1.01 (s, 3H).
A solution of methyl phenyl sulfone (305 mg, 1.92 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and nBuLi (1 mL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 1.6 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0°C for 30 min and then cooled to -78 °C. Epoxide Q (10 mg, 0.032 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and left at room temperature overnight. After stirring overnight at room temperature, 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added and the reaction was poured into saturated NEUC1 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 100% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of desired product and some minor impurities. Further purification by PTLC (20/40/40 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O) afforded 3.2 mg of example 171 (21%). Rf = 0.17 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 467; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 7.96 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (m, IH), 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.14 (t, 7 = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 6.12 (s, IH), 3.87 (m, IH), 3.34 (m, 2H), 2.75 (d, 7 = 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.60 (m, IH), 2.53 (d, 7 = 15.5Hz, IH), 2.43 (m, IH), 2.14 (m, IH), 1.89 (m, IH), 1.81 (m, 3H), 0.96 (s, 3H).
Starting from the appropriate epoxide, the following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for examples 170 and 171:
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Example 174
Figure imgf000134_0002
Step 1: Addition of 1,2 Phenylenediamine to aldehyde B.
Figure imgf000134_0003
1,2 Phenylenediamine (10.5 mg, 0.097 mmol) and aldehyde B (15.0 mg, 0.05 mmol) were placed in a flask under nitrogen. Nitrobenzene (500 μL) was added, and the reactionwas heated to 150 °C. The reaction was stirred at 150 °C for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was loaded directyl onto silica gel and the column was eluted with 100% hexanes to remove the nitrobenzene, followed by 40 to 80% EtOAc/hexanes to afford a mixture of the desired product and some minor impurities. Further purification by PTLC (2/98 MeOH CH2Cl2) gave 16.0 mg (84%) of example 174: Rf = 0.19 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 399; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.55 (s, IH), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.11 (t, 7 = 8.5 Hz, 3H), 6.14 (s, IH), 3.19 (m, IH), 2.88 (d, 7 = 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.63 (d, 7 = 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.21 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m, IH), 1.21 (s, 3H).
Starting from the appropriate aldehyde, the following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for Benzimidazole 174:
Figure imgf000135_0001
EXAMPLE 177 and 178
Figure imgf000136_0001
Step 1. Addition of DAST to Example 119.
Figure imgf000136_0002
Example 177 and 178
In a plastic vial, a solution of Example 119 (38.2 mg, 0.089 mmol) in CH2C12 (500 μL) was cooled to 0 °C and diethylamino sulfur trifluoride (23.6 μL, 0.178mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 10 minutes and then was warmed to room temperature. The reaction was stined at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was poured into saturated NaHCO (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers, which were separated using an OD chiral column (15% IP A/heptanes) to yield 4.6 mg (12%) of peak 1 and 6.9 mg (18%) of peak 2.
Peak 1: R/ = 0.39 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 433; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 8.00 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, 7 = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.46 (s, IH), 7.15 (t, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.17 (s, IH), 5.81 (dd, 7 = 47.4 Hz, 10.8 Hz, IH), 3.21 (dd, 7 = 15.9 Hz, 3.9 Hz, IH), 2.88 (d, 7 = 16.2 Hz, IH), 2.80 (m, IH), 2.59 (m, IH), 2.40 (m, IH), 1.59 (m, IH), 1.48 (m, IH), 1.26 (s, 3H).
Peak 2: Rf = 0.44 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 433; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz): δ 7.92 (d, 7 = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, 7 = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.49 (d, 7 = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.41 (m, 4H), 7.14 (t, 7 = 9 Hz, 2H), 6.14 (t, 7 = 1.8 Hz, IH), 5.91 (dd, 7 = 46.8 Hz, 6.6 Hz, IH), 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.47 (m, IH), 2.88 (dd, 7 = 38.7 Hz, 15 Hz, 2H), 2.17 (m, IH), 1.21 (d, 7= 6 Hz, IH), 1.15 (s, 3H).
Aldehyde W
Figure imgf000137_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000137_0002
Trimethyl sulfoxonium iodide (334 mg, 1.52 mmol) was added as a solid to a suspension of sodium hydride (54 mg, 1.35 mmol of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in DMSO (4 mL). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 10 minutes. Ketone A (100 mg, 0.338 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. 1 mL of water was added and then the reaction was poured into saturated NaHCO3 (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 40% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 101.6 mg (97%) of U. Rf = 0.56 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 311; (M+l)+.
Step 2:
Figure imgf000138_0001
Trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) was added to epoxide U (101.6 mg, 0.322 mmol). This reaction was stined at room temperature for 20 minutes. The reaction was then poured into ice/H2O and neutralized with 10 % K2CO3. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 40% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 59.1 mg (58%) of V. Rf = 0.42 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 311; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 7.29 (s, IH), 7.64 (s, IH), 7.51 (m, 2 H), 7.16 (s, IH), 7.12 (t, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (d, 7= 10.8 Hz, IH), 3.45 (d, 7= 10.8 Hz, IH), 2.82 (m, 2H), 1.96 (m, IH), 1.75 (m, 2 H), 1.52 (m, IH), 1.24 (m, 3H). Step 3:
oxalyl chloride
Figure imgf000139_0001
A solution of oxalyl chloride (75.4 μL, 0.86 mmol) in CH2C12 (4 mL) was cooled to - 78 °C. DMSO (122.7 μL, 1.73 mmols) was added. This reaction was stined at room temperature for 10 minutes. Alcohol V (53.6 mg, 0.173 mmol) was dissolved CH2C12 (1 mL) and added to the reaction via cannula. This was stirred at - 78°C for 20 minutes. (482.0 μL, 3.46 mmol) of triethyl amine was added at - 78 °C and then the reaction was warmed to room temperature. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water, IN HCl, NaHCO3, and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 39.8 mg (75%) of W. Rf = 0.69 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 309; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz): δ 9.55 (s, IH), 8.11 (s, IH), 7.66 (m, 2 H), 7.53 (s, IH), 7.44 (s, IH), 7.23 (t, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (m, 2H), 2.19 (m, IH), 1.91 (m, 2 H), 1.74 (m, IH), 1.54 (m, 3H).
The following compound was synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for Aldehyde W starting from ketone A:
Figure imgf000140_0002
EXAMPLE 179 and 180
Figure imgf000140_0001
Step 1: Addition of Grignard Reagent to Aldehyde
Figure imgf000141_0001
Example 179 and 180
Aldehyde W (38.2 mg, 0.121 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. 4-fluorobenzyl magnesium bromide (310 μL of a 2.0 M solution in diethyl ether, 0.620 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 hour and then quenched with saturated NHtCl (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL) and the organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (10 mL each), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 80% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers, which were separated on an AD chiral column (30% IP A/heptanes) to afford 24.4 mg (49%) of peak 1 and 17.2 mg (34%) of peak 2. Peak 1: Rf = 0.11 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 405; (M+l)+. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 8.03 (s, IH), 7.83 (s, IH), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.15 (t, 7 = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.16 (s, IH), 6.86 (t, 7 = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (s, IH), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, IH), 1.97 (s, IH), 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, IH), 1.35 (s, 3H).
Peak 2: Rf = 0.11 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 405; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.95 (s, IH), 7.69 (s, IH), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.16 (s, IH), 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.86 (t, 7 = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.95 (s, IH), 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, IH), 1.97 (s, IH), 1.72 (s, IH), 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.11 (s, 3H). The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for Examples 179 and 180 and starting from Aldehyde X:
Figure imgf000142_0001
EXAMPLE 183 and 184
Figure imgf000142_0002
Step 1: Addition of Aryl Lithium to Aldehyde W
Figure imgf000143_0001
Examples 183 and 184
Figure imgf000143_0002
A solution of 3-bromothianapthene (162.2 μL, 1.24 mmol) in Et2O (16 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and t-BuLi (1.45 mL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 2.48 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 20 minutes and then aldehyde W (38.2 mg, 0.124 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and the reaction was poured into saturated NDB CI (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers that were separated using an AD chiral column (25%) IP A/ heptanes) to yield 3.8 mg (6.9%) of Peak 1 and 6.7 mg (12%). Peak 2:
Peak 1: R/ = 0.74 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 443; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 8.01 (s, IH), 7.90 (s, IH), 7.83 (m, IH), 7.73 (m, IH), 7.55 (m, IH), 7.16 (s, IH), 7.19 (m, 2H), 5.23 (s, IH), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, IH), 1.93 (s, IH), 1.83 (m, IH), 1.61 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 3H).
Peak 2: Rf = 0.74 (40% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 443; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.90 (s, IH), 7.78 (s, IH), 7.69 (m, IH), 7.64 (m, IH), 7.51 (m, IH), 7.20 (s, IH), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.08 (s, IH), 7.07 (t, 7 = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 5.47 (s, IH), 2.73 (t, 7 = 6.3 Hz, IH), 2.17 (m, IH), 1.93 (s, IH), 1.79 (m, IH), 1.57 (m, IH), 1.48 (m, IH), 1.38 (m, IH), 1.21 (s, 3H). The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for Examples 183 and 184 and starting from aldehyde X:
Figure imgf000144_0002
ALDEHYDE Y
Figure imgf000144_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000145_0001
A suspension of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosponium chloride (763 mg, 2.2 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was cooled to 0 °C. Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl amide) (3.6 mL of a 0.5 M solution in toluene, 1.78 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe and the reaction turned bright orange/red. Next, a solution of aldehyde F (132 mg, 0.44 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 4N HCl was added slowly and the reaction was left stirring for another hour. The reaction was then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), quenched with NaHCO3 (50 mL), and washed with H2O and brine (25 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 to 35% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 95.1 mg (69%) of Y. Rf = 0.29 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 311; (M + 1)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 9.86 (t, 7 = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.44- 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.39 (s, IH), 7.13-7.16 (m, IH), 6.17 (s, IH), 2.68 (d, 7= 15.0 Hz, IH), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.55 (d, 7 = 15.0 Hz, IH), 2.46 (m, 2H), 2.34 (m, IH), 2.10 (m, IH), 1.58 (m, 2H), 0.93 (s, 3H).
ALDEHYDE Z
Figure imgf000146_0001
Aldehyde Z was synthesized from aldehyde B using the same procedure as was used in the synthesis of aldehyde Y.
EXAMPLE 187 and 188
Figure imgf000146_0002
Step 1 : Addition of Grignard Reagent to Aldehyde Y
Figure imgf000146_0003
Example 187 and 188 Aldehyde Y (53.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. 3-butenyl magnesium chloride (1.7 mL of a 0.5 M solution in THF, 0.85 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stined at 0 °C for 1 hour and then 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added. The reaction was then poured into saturated NH4CI (25mL) and extracted with EtOAc (40 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine (25 mL each), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The two diastereomeric products were isolated by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 17.3 mg (28%) of the less polar diastereomer and 19.9 mg (32%) of the more polar diastereomer. Less Polar diastereomer: R/ = 0.15 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 366; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 500 MHz): δ 7.44-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.01(m, IH), 5.73 (m, IH), 4.95(m, IH), 4.87 (dd, 7 = 8.5, 1.8 Hz, IH), 4.86 (d, 7 = 10.3 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (m, IH), 2.62 (d, 7 = 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.47 (m, IH), 2.42 (d, 7= 7.5 Hz, IH), 2.07 (m, ZH), 1.92 (m, IH), 1.74 (m, IH), 1.38-1.56 (m, 6H), 0.80 (s, 3H).
More Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.14 (25%) EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 366; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.12 (m, IH), 5.85 (m, 2H), 5.07(m, IH), 4.99 (dd, 7 = 8.5, 1.8 Hz, IH), 3.69 (m, IH), 2.72 (d, 7 = 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.57 (m, IH), 2.51 (d, 7 = 15.5 Hz, IH), 2.51 (m, IH), 2.41 (m, IH), 2.19 (m, 2H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.39 (m, 6H), 0.90 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for examples 187 and 188:
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to those described for examples 187 and 188 and starting from aldehyde Z:
Figure imgf000148_0002
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0003
EXAMPLE 199 and 200
Figure imgf000150_0001
Step 1 : Addition of Aryl Lithium Reagents to Aldehyde Y
Figure imgf000150_0002
A solution of 1-Bromothianapthene (259 μL, 1.98 mmol) in Et2O (8 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and t-BuLi (2.3 mL of a 1.7 M solution in pentanes, 3.95 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was stirred at -78 °C for 20 minutes and then aldehyde Y (61.3 mg, 0.20 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added by cannula. The reaction was stined at -78 °C for 45 minutes. 1 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added at -78 °C and then the reaction was poured into saturated NHiCl (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water and brine (15 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (5 to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) yielded a mixture of 2 diastereomers. Further purification by PTLC (40/40/20 hexanes/CH2Cl2/Et2O) afforded 34.7 mg of the less polar diastereomer contaminated with minor impurities and 28.2 mg (32%) of the more polar diastereomer. Final purification of the less polar diastereomer using an AD Chiral Column (35% isopropyl alcohol/heptanes) afforded 22.3 mg (25%) of the less polar diastereomer. Less Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.21 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS =
445; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.86 (d, 7 = 8Hz, IH), 7.80 (d, 7 = 7.5Hz, IH), 7.33 (m, 3H), 7.29 (s, IH), 7.20 (s, IH), 7.02 (m, 2H), 6.00 (s, IH), 5.09 (t, 7 = 6.5 Hz, IH), 2.64 (d, 7 = 15Hz, IH), 2.48 (m, IH), 2.33 (d, 7 = 15Hz, IH), 2.70(m, IH), 2.13 (m, IH), 1.97 (m, IH), 1.87 (m, IH), 1.73 (m, IH), 1.52 (m, IH), 1.18 (m, IH), 0.86 (s, 3H).
More Polar diastereomer: Rf = 0.21 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 445; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz): δ 7.88 (t, 7 = 6 Hz, 2H), 7.34-7.45 (m, 6H), 7.13 (t, 7 = 6.25 Hz, 2H), 6.13 (s, IH), 5.16 (d, 7 = 6.5 Hz, IH), 2.73 (d, 7 = 12.5Hz, IH), 2.59 (m, IH), 2.54 (d, 7 = 12.5 Hz, IH), 2.46 (m, IH), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, IH), 1.86 (m, IH), 1.59 (m, IH), 1.25 (m, IH), 0.90 (s, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized following procedures analogous to that described for Examples 199 and 200:
Figure imgf000152_0001
The following compounds were synthesized starting from aldehyde Z and following procedures analogous to that described for Examples 199 and 200:
Figure imgf000152_0002
Figure imgf000153_0001
EXAMPLE 207
Figure imgf000153_0002
Step l
Figure imgf000154_0001
Example 61 (4.3 mg, 0.01 mmol) was dissolved in EtOAc (0.5 mL) and 10% Pd on activated carbon (1.0 mg) was added. The reaction was placed under H2 and stined at room temperature for 45 minutes. The catalyst was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated ,and the residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (25%EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 2.8 mg (65%) of Example 207. R7= 0.15 (25% EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 435; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.45-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 4H), 6.98 (t, 7= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.12 (s, IH), 5.16 (s, IH), 3.18 (d, 7= 15 Hz, IH), 2.75 (d, 7= 15 Hz, IH), 2.65-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.41 (m, IH), 2.28 (d, 7 = 15 Hz, IH), 1.59-1.83 (m, 5H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, 7= 7.8 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 208
Figure imgf000154_0002
Step l
Figure imgf000155_0001
Example 38 (11.6 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in EtOAc (2 mL) and
NaH (10 mg, 0.42 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes and then Mel (3 μL, 0.05 mmol) was added. After 15 minutes, the reaction was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (5%
MeOH/CH2Cl2) to afford 10.0 mg (83%) of Example 208. R = 0.18 (5% MeOH/ CH2C12). LCMS = 404; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 8.59 (bs, 2H), 7.44- 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.21 (d, 7 = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (t, 7= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.11 (d, 7= 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.48 (s, IH), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.17 (d, 7= 15 Hz, IH), 2.75 (d, 7= 15 Hz, IH), 2.38 (m, IH), 2.25 (d, 7= 14.5 Hz, IH), 1.68-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.10 (m, IH).
The following compound was synthesized starting from Example 32 and following a procedure analogous to that described for Examples 208:
Figure imgf000155_0002
EXAMPLE 210
Figure imgf000156_0001
Step l
Figure imgf000156_0002
Example 81 (9.0 mg, 0.019 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (1 mL) and the solution was cooled to -40 °C. m-CPBA (6.4 mg, 0.037 mmol) was added and the reaction was stined at -40 °C for 20 minutes. The reaction was then diluted with EtOAc (25 mL), washed with saturated aq. NaHSO3, saturated NaHCO , and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (100% EtOAc to 5% MeOHEtOAc) to afford 7.2 mg (78%) of Example 210. R = 0.19 (EtOAc). LCMS = 499; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 600 MHz) δ 7.43-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.26 (m, IH), 7.14- 7.16 (m, ZH), 7.08 (dd, 7= 8.4, 10.0 Hz, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.11 (d, 7= 2.4 Hz, IH), 5.12 (s, IH), 5.05 (dd, 7= 10.2, 3.0 Hz, IH), 4.97 (dd, 7= 10.2, 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.16 (d, 7 = 15 Hz, IH), 2.73 (d, 7 = 15 Hz, IH), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.83 (m, 3H), 1.51 (m, IH), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.18 (m, IH).
EXAMPLE 211
Figure imgf000157_0001
Step 1
Figure imgf000157_0002
Example 81 (6.0 mg, 0.012 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 μL) and MeOH (400 μL) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 °C. Oxone (14 mg, 0.024 mmol) was dissolved in H2O (400 μL) and this solution was added to the solution of 81. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stined for 4 hours. The reaction was then diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water, saturated aq. NaHSO3, saturated NaHCO3, and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (60% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 1.6 mg (25%) of Example 211. R = 0.54 (75%EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 515; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.45-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.01-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.02 (m, IH), 6.12 (d, 7= 2.0 Hz, IH), 5.16 (s, IH), 5.02 (s, 3H), 3.18 (d, 7= 15.5 Hz, IH), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.74 (d, 7 = 15 Hz, IH), 2.40 (m, IH), 2.28 (m, IH), 1.52-1.89 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.19 (m, IH).
EXAMPLE 212
Figure imgf000158_0001
Step l
Figure imgf000158_0002
Example 119 (11.0 mg, 0.026 mmol) was dissolved in THF (200 μL) and MeOH (200 μL) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 °C. Oxone (32 mg, 0.051 mmol) was dissolved in H2O (800 μL) and this solution was added to the solution of 119. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stined for 4 hours. At this point, additional oxone (32 mg, 0.051 mmol) was added as a solid. The reaction was stined at room temperature for an additional 24 hours and then diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water, saturated NaHCO3, and brine (10 mL each). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (60% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 2.5 mg (21%) of Example 212. R = 0.13 (40%EtOAc/hexanes). LCMS = 463; (M+l)+. 1H NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 7.76 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.52-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.14 (t, 7= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (s, IH), 6.14 (s, IH), 5.02 (d, 7 = 2.0 Hz, IH), 2.89 (d, 7= 14.5 Hz, IH), 2.65 (m, IH), 2.55 (d, 7= 15 Hz, IH), 2.37- 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.28 (m, IH), 1.96-2.14 (m, 3H), 1.14 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 213
Figure imgf000159_0001
Example 213 was prepared in the same manner as example 212, starting from example 120.
BIOLOGICAL ASSAYS
The activity of the compounds of the present invention as modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor can be evaluated using the following assays:
Ligand Binding Assays For the hGRα ligand binding assay, cytosols were prepared from recombinant baculovirus expressed receptors. Frozen cell pellets were dounce homogenized in ice cold KPO4 buffer (lOmM KPO4, 20mM sodium molybdate,
ImM EDTA, 5mM DTT and complete protease inhibitor tablets from Boehringer Mannheim) with a "B" plunger. The homogenates were centrifuged at 35,000 x g for 1 h at 4°C in a JA-20 rotor. The IC50s were determined by incubating the cytosols at a final concentration of 2.5nM [1,2,4,6,7-3H] Dexamethasone in the presence of increasing concentrations (10-11 to 10-6) of cold dexamethasone or the ligands at 4°C for 24 h. Bound and free were separated by a gel filtration assay, (Geissler et al„ personal communication). Half of the reaction was added to a gel filtration plate (MILLIPORE) containing sephadex G-25 beads that was previously equilibrated with KPO4 buffer containing lmg/ml BSA and centrifuged at 1000 x g for 5 min.. The reaction plate was centrifuged at 1000 x g for 5 min. and the reactions were collected in a second 96-well plate and scintillation cocktail was added and counted in (Wallac) double coincidence beta counter. The IC50s were calculated using a 4-parameter fit program.
Compounds of the invention demonstrated an activity in the range of 0.1 nM to 1 μM in the assay procedure described above.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
A compound represented by Formula I
Figure imgf000161_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein:
n is 0, 1 or 2;
J is selected from NRl or C(R1)(R2);
K is selected from NR3 or C(R3)(R4);
L is selected from NR5 or C(R5)(R6);
X is a bond, -C(O), -N(Rl4)-, -N(Rl4)-C(O)-, or
Figure imgf000161_0002
Rl, R§ and RlO are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) Ci.6alkyl,
(2) C2-6alkenyl,
(3) C3-6akynyl,
(4) C3_6cycloalkyl,
(5) Cι_6alkoxy,
(6) Cι_6alkyl-S(O) -, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(7) aryl,
(8) aralkyl, (9) HET,
(10) -Ci-6alkyl-HET,
(11) aryloxy,
(12) aroyloxy,
(13) aralkenyl,
(14) aralkynyl,
(15) hydrogen,
(16) hydroxy and
(17) Ci-6alkyl-N(Rl4)-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
wherein items (1) to (6) above and the alkyl portions of items (8), (10) and (17) above and the alkenyl portion of item (13) above and the alkynyl portion of item (14) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3_6cycloalkyl, Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k- and aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, and
wherein items (7), (9), (11) and (12) above and aryl portion of items (8), (13) and (14) above and the HET portion of item (10) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2, (d) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl,
(f) C3-6akynyl,
(g) Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(h) aryl, (i) aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(j) HET,
(k) aralkyl,
(1) aroyl,
(m) aryloxy, (n) aralkoxy and (o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and
Figure imgf000163_0001
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and Ci-4alkyl,
or when X is a bond then R§ and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8- membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NRl4, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds;
R2, R3, R45 R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) hydrogen,
(2) halo, (3) Cι_6alkyl,
(4) C2-6alkenyl,
(5) C3-6akynyl,
(6) C3_6cycloalkyl,
(7) Cι_6alkoxy, (8) C i _6alkyl-S (O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(9) aryl,
(10) aralkyl,
(11) HET and
(12) -Cι_6alkyl-HET, wherein items (3) to (8) above and the alkyl portions of items (10) and (12) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2 and Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2; and wherein items (9) and (11) and the aryl portion of items (10) and the HET portion of item (12) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci_6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl, (f) C3_6akynyl and
(g) Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, wherein items (d) to (g) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2,
or Rl and R or R3 and R5 may be joined together to form a double bond;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen,
(2) OR13,
(3) Cι_ alkyl,
(4) aryl and
(5) aralkyl, wherein item (3) above and the alkyl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein item (4) above and the aryl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13, (c) N(Rl4)2, (d) Cι_6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl and
(f) C3_6akynyl, wherein items (d) to (f) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen,
(2) -O-R9,
(3) -S(O)k-R9, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(4) -C-W-R9, wherein W is O or S(O)k,
(5) -N(Rl5)2,
Figure imgf000165_0001
(7) -N(Rl5)-S(O)k-N(Rl5)2,
(8) NO2,
(9) -C(O)-Rl5,
(10) -C(O)O-Rl5,
(11) -CN,
(12) halo and
(13) -O-S(O) -Rl5,
R9 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Ci_i2alkyl and aryl, wherein Ci_i2alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituents with halo, or when Y is OR9 then R& and R9 may be joined together to form a carbonyl group;
each RU and Rl2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) halo,
(2) Cι_6alkyl,
(3) C2-6alkenyl,
(4) Cι_6alkoxy and
(5) hydroxy, wherein items (2) to (4) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR12, N(Rl )2 and Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or
each Rl3 and Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cι_4alkyl and C2-4alkenyl, each of said Cι_4alkyl and C2-4alkenyl optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, Cι_4alkoxy, aryl, C3_6cycloalkyl, CN and Cι_4alkyl-S(O)k, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2;
each Rl5 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Cι_6alkyl, aryl and Cι_i2alkoxycarbonyl, wherein said Ci-βalkyl and C . i2alkoxycarbonyl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and said aryl is optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and Cι_4alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups; and
HET is a 5- to 10-membered aromatic, partially aromatic or non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring, containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, and optionally substituted with 1-2 oxo groups.
2. A compound according to Claim 1 represented by Formula I
Figure imgf000166_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1 or 2;
J is selected from NRl or C(R1)(R2);
K is selected from NR3 or C(R3)(R4);
L is selected from NR5 or C(R5)(R6);
X is a bond, -C(O), -N(Rl4)-, -N(Rl4)-C(O)-, or ^y.
Rl, R8 and RlO are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) Cι_6alkyl,
(2) C2-6alkenyl, (3) C3-6akynyl,
(4) C3_6cycloalkyl,
(5) Cι_6alkoxy,
(6) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(7) aryl, (8) aralkyl,
(9) HET,
(10) -Cι_6alkyl-HET,
(11) aryloxy,
(12) aroyloxy, (13) aralkenyl,
(14) aralkynyl,
(15) hydrogen,
(16) hydroxy and
(17) Ci-6alkyl-N(Rl4)-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
wherein items (1) to (6) above and the alkyl portions of items (8), (10) and (17) above and the alkenyl portion of item (13) above and the alkynyl portion of item (14) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3_6cycloalkyl and Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, and
wherein items (7), (9), (11) and (12) above and aryl portion of items (8), (13) and (14) above and the HET portion of item (10) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13, (c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl,
(f) C3_6akynyl,
(g) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, (h) aryl,
(i) aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(j) HET,
(k) aralkyl,
(1) aroyl, (m) aryloxy,
(n) aralkoxy and
(o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and Ci_4alkyl,
or when X is a bond then R§ and RlO may be joined together to form a 4- to 8- membered monocylic ring, optionally containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and NRl4, and optionally containing 1 or 2 double bonds; R2, R3; R4; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
(I) hydrogen, (2) halo,
(3) Ci-6alkyl,
(4) C2-6alkenyl,
(5) C3_6akynyl,
(6) C3_6cycloalkyl, (7) Cι_6alkoxy,
(8) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(9) aryl,
(10) aralkyl,
(II) HET and (12) -Cι_6alkyl-HET, wherein items (3) to (8) above and the alkyl portions of items (10) and (12) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2 and Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k~, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2; and
wherein items (9) and (11) and the aryl portion of items (10) and the HET portion of item (12) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) OR13,
(c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci_6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl, (f) C3_6akynyl and
(g) Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, wherein items (d) to (g) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, or Rl and R or R3 and R may be joined together to form a double bond;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen,
(2) OR13,
(3) Cι_4alkyl,
(4) aryl and
(5) aralkyl, wherein item (3) above and the alkyl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein item (4) above and the aryl portion of item (5) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13, (c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Cι_6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl and
(f) C3_6akynyl, wherein items (d) to (f) above are optionally substituted with from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: (1) hydrogen, (2) -O-R9,
(3) -S(O)k-R9, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(4) -C-W-R9, wherein W is O or S(O)k,
(5) -N(R15)2,
Figure imgf000170_0001
(7) _N(Rl5)-S(O)k-N(R 15)2,
(8) NO2,
(9) -C(O)-Rl5,
(10) -C(O)O-Rl5,
(11) -CN,
(12) halo and
(13) -O-S(O)k-Rl5,
R9 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Cι_i2alkyl and aryl, wherein Ci_i2alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituents with halo, or when Y is OR9 then R8 and R may be joined together to form a carbonyl group;
each RU and Rl2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(2) Ci-ealkyl,
(3) C2-6alkenyl,
(4) Ci_6alkoxy and
(5) hydroxy,
wherein items (2) to (4) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR12, N(Rl )2 and Ci_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2;
each Rl3 and Rl is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Cι_4alkyl, optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with halo; and
each Rl5 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, Cι_6alkyl, aryl and Cι_i2alkoxycarbonyl, wherein said Ci_6alkyl and Cι_ 12alkoxycarbonyl are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and said aryl is optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substituable positions with halo and Ci_4alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups.
3. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein:
J is NRl;
K is NR3;
L is C(R5)(R6); and
R3 and R5 are joined together to form a double bond.
4. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein the optional double bond shown in ring A of the compound of Formula I is present.
5. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein Rl is aryl or HET, said aryl or HET optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) OR13, (c) N(Rl4)2,
(d) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl,
(f) C3_6akynyl,
(g) Ci_6alkyl-S(0)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, (h) aryl,
(i) aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(j) HET, (k) aralkyl, (1) aroyl, (m) aryloxy,
(n) aralkoxy and
(o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and Ci-4alkyl.
6. The compound according to Claim 5 wherein Rl is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 halo groups.
7. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein Y is OR9.
8. The compound according to Claim 7 wherein R is hydrogen.
9. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein R7 is methyl.
10. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein R is hydrogen or methyl.
11. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein X is a bond.
12. The compoound according to Claim 2 wherein RlO is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) Ci_6alkyl,
(2) C2-6alkenyl,
(3) C3_6akynyl,
(4) C3_6cycloalkyl, (5) Ci-6alkoxy, (6) C i _6alkyl-S (O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2, wherein items (1) to (6) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13, N(Rl4)2, C3_6cycloalkyl and Ci-6alkyl-S(O)k, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2.
13. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein RlO is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl (2) naphthyl,
(3) benzyl,
(4) phenethyl,
(5) phenoxy,
(6) benzoyl and (7) benzoyloxy, wherein the aryl portions of items (1) to (7) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo, (b) OR13,
(c) N(R14)2,
(d) Ci-6alkyl,
(e) C2-6alkenyl,
(f) C3_6akynyl, (g) Cι_6alkyl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(h) aryl,
(i) aryl-S(O)k-, wherein k is 0, 1 or 2,
(j) HET,
(k) aralkyl, (1) aroyl,
(m) aryloxy,
(n) aralkoxy and
(o) CN, wherein items (d) to (g) above and the alkyl portions of item (k) are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and N(Rl4)2, and
wherein items (h), (i), (j), (1) and (m) above and the aryl portions of items (k) and (n) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, OR13 and Cι_4alkyl.
14. The compound according to Claim 2 wherein RlO is HET or -Ci_4alkyl-HET wherein HET is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) pyridine,
(2) thiophene and
(3) furan, or benzofused analogs of (1) to (3) above.
15. A compound according to Claim 1 of Formula II:
Figure imgf000175_0001
π or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein:
X is a bond;
R8 and RlO are each independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) Cι_6alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxy,
(2) C2-6alkenyl,
(3) C3_6akynyl,
(4) C3-6cycloalkyl,
(5) phenyl
(6) naphthyl,
(7) benzyl,
(8) phenethyl and
(9) pyridine, thiophene or furan, or benzofused analogs thereof,
and R is additionally selected from hydrogen,
wherein items (5), (6) and (9) above and aryl portion of items (7) and (8) above are optionally substituted from one up to the maximum number of substitutable positions with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) hydroxy,
(c) methoxy,
(d) Ci-4alkyl, (e) trifluoromethyl,
(f) phenoxy,
(g) benzyloxy, optionally substituted with methoxy, and (h) CN;
each Rl 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) halo,
(2) methyl and
(3) hydroxy; and
Rl4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Cι_4alkyl.
16. The compound according to Claim 15 wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Cι_4alkyl.
17. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
179
Figure imgf000181_0001
180
Figure imgf000182_0001
181
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
183
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
186
Figure imgf000188_0001
187
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
189
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
192
Figure imgf000194_0001
193
Figure imgf000195_0001
194
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the above.
18. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from one of the following tables:
Figure imgf000198_0002
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
199
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000201_0002
200
Figure imgf000202_0001
201
Figure imgf000203_0001
202
Figure imgf000204_0001
203
Figure imgf000205_0001
204
Figure imgf000206_0001
205
Figure imgf000207_0001
206
Figure imgf000208_0001
207
Figure imgf000209_0001
208
Figure imgf000210_0001
209
Figure imgf000211_0001
210
Figure imgf000212_0001
211
Figure imgf000213_0001
212
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
214
Figure imgf000216_0001
215
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
219
Figure imgf000221_0001
220
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
222
Figure imgf000224_0001
223
Figure imgf000225_0001
224
Figure imgf000226_0001
225
Figure imgf000227_0001
226
Figure imgf000228_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the above.
19. A compound according to Claim 1 of Formula HI:
Figure imgf000229_0001
m or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein:
n is 0 or 1,
R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
R9 is hydrogen or methyl or
R8 and R9 may be joined together with the oxygen atom shown in Formula IH to form a carbonyl group;
RlO is selected from the group consisting of: (1) phenyl,
(2) naphthyl,
(3) pyridyl,
(4) furyl or benzofuryl,
(5) thienyl or benzothienyl, or the S,S-dioxide thereof,
(6) benzyl,
(7) quinoline,
(8) thiazolyl or benzothiazolyl, and
(9) phenylsulfonylmethyl or phenylsulfonylethyl, wherein
groups (1) to (9) are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) trifluoromethyl,
(c) trifluoromethoxy,
(d) -N(Rl4), wherein each Rl is indepedently hydrogen or
Cι_4alkyl,
(e) pynolyl,
(f) methoxy, ethoxy or isopropoxy, each optionally substituted with a substituent selected from: methoxy, benzyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyano, methylthio, methylsulfinyl and methylsulfonyl,
(g) methyl, (h) vinyl and
(i) hydroxy, and
Rl 1 is hydrogen or halo.
20. A compound according to Claim 1 of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000230_0001
IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein:
n is O or 1,
RlO is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) -CH(ORl3)-aryl, wherein aryl is phenyl or napthyl, (2) -CH(ORl3)-HET, and
(3) -CH(ORl3)-Cι_4alkyl or -CH(ORl3)-C2-4alkenyl, said -CH(ORl3)-Ci_4alkyl or -H(ORl3)-C2-4alkenyl optionally substituted with phenylsulfonyl,
Rl3 is hydrogen or methyl,
HET is selected from the group consisting of: (1) pyridyl, (2) furyl or benzofuryl,
(3) thienyl or benzothienyl, or the S,S-dioxide thereof,
(4) benzyl,
(5) quinoline,
(6) thiazolyl or benzothiazolyl,
said aryl or HET are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consistingof:
(a) halo, (b) trifluoromethyl,
(c) trifluoromethoxy,
(d) -N(Rl4), wherein each Rl is indepedently hydrogen or
Cι_4alkyl,
(e) pyrrolyl, (f) methoxy, ethoxy or isopropoxy, each optionally substituted with a substituent selected from: methoxy, benzyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyano, methylthio, methylsulfinyl and methylsulfonyl,
(g) methyl, (h) vinyl and (i) hydroxy, and
Rl 1 is hydrogen or halo.
21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to Claim 1 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
22. A method for treating a glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition in a mammalian patient in need of such treatment comprising administering the patient a compound according to Claim 1 in an amount that is effective for treating the glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition.
23. The method according to Claim 22 wherein the glucocorticoid receptor mediated disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of: tissue rejection, leukemias, lymphomas, Cushing's syndrome, acute adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, polyarteritis nodosa, granulomatous polyarteritis, inhibition of myeloid cell lines, immune proliferation/apoptosis, HPA axis suppression and regulation, hypercortisolemia, stroke and spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hypergylcemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, chronic primary adrenal insufficiency, secondary adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, obesity, metabolic syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, polyartitis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, uveitis, hay fever, allergic rhinitis, urticaria, angioneurotic edema, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, tendonitis, bursitis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, organ transplantation, hepatitis, cirrhosis, inflammatory scalp alopecia, panniculitis, psoriasis, discoid lupus erythematosus, inflamed cysts, atopic dermatitis, pyoderma gangrenosum, pemphigus vulgaris, buflous pemphigoid, systemic lupus erythematosus, dermatomyositis, herpes gestationis, eosinophilic fasciitis, relapsing polychondritis, inflammatory vasculitis, sarcoidosis, Sweet's disease, type I reactive leprosy, capillary hemangiomas, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, lichen planus, exfoliative dermatitus, erythema nodosum, acne, hirsutism, toxic epidermal necrolysis, erythema multiform, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HTV), cell apoptosis, cancer,
Kaposi's sarcoma, retinitis pigmentosa, cognitive performance, memory and learning enhancement, depression, addiction, mood disorders, chronic fatigue syndrome, schizophrenia, sleep disorders, and anxiety.
24. A method of selectively modulating the activation, repression, agonism and antagonism effects of the glucocorticoid receptor in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound according to Claim 1 in an amount that is effective to modulate the glucocorticoid receptor.
PCT/US2003/010867 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1h-benzo[f]indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators WO2003086294A2 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003583321A JP4570878B2 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1H-benzo [f] indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
US10/508,897 US7282591B2 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1h-benzo{f}indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
AU2003221706A AU2003221706B2 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1H-Benzo[F]indazol-5-YL derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
AT03718285T ATE496620T1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1H-BENZO(F)INDAZOLE-5-YL DERIVATIVES AS SELECTIVE GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR MODULATORS
EP03718285A EP1496892B1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1h-benzo(f)indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
DE60335869T DE60335869D1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1H-BENZO (F) INDAZOL-5-YL DERIVATIVES AS SELECTIVE GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR MODULATORS
CA002481320A CA2481320A1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1h-benzo[f]indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
US11/904,186 US7625937B2 (en) 2002-04-11 2007-09-26 1H-benzo[F]indazol-5-YL derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US37194802P 2002-04-11 2002-04-11
US60/371,948 2002-04-11

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10508897 A-371-Of-International 2003-04-08
US11/904,186 Continuation US7625937B2 (en) 2002-04-11 2007-09-26 1H-benzo[F]indazol-5-YL derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003086294A2 true WO2003086294A2 (en) 2003-10-23
WO2003086294A3 WO2003086294A3 (en) 2004-07-15

Family

ID=29250763

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/010867 WO2003086294A2 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-04-08 1h-benzo[f]indazol-5-yl derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US7282591B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1496892B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4570878B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE496620T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003221706B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2481320A1 (en)
DE (1) DE60335869D1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003086294A2 (en)

Cited By (113)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004075840A2 (en) 2003-02-25 2004-09-10 Merck & Co. Inc. Selective non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators
US6831093B2 (en) 2002-01-22 2004-12-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Non-steroidal ligands for the glucocorticoid receptor, compositions and uses thereof
WO2005005452A1 (en) 2003-07-11 2005-01-20 Glaxo Group Limited Specific glucocorticosteroid compound having anti- inflammatory activity
WO2005116037A1 (en) 2004-05-24 2005-12-08 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivative
EP1617806A2 (en) * 2003-04-23 2006-01-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Selective spirocyclic glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2006056471A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Novartis Ag 5-hydroxy-benzothiazole derivatives having beta-2-adrenorecptor agonist activity
WO2006104889A2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-10-05 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2006138373A2 (en) 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company MODULATORS OF GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR, AP-1, AND/OR NF-kB ACTIVITY AND USE THEREOF
WO2007009757A1 (en) 2005-07-19 2007-01-25 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivatives as agonists of the adenosine a2a receptor
WO2007071400A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as epithelial sodium channel blocker
WO2007121920A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-11-01 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists
WO2007122165A1 (en) 2006-04-20 2007-11-01 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2007144327A2 (en) 2006-06-12 2007-12-21 Glaxo Group Limited Phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as non-steroidal glucocoricoid receptor ligands
WO2008051532A1 (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-02 Merck & Co., Inc. 2-[1-phenyl-5-hydroxy or methoxy-4alpha-methyl-hexahydroclopenta[f]indazol-5-yl]ethyl phenyl derivatives as glucocorticoid receptor ligands
EP1916896A2 (en) * 2005-08-26 2008-05-07 The Regents of The University of California Non-steroidal antiandrogens
WO2008118724A1 (en) 2007-03-23 2008-10-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Indole carboxamides as ikk2 inhibitors
US7579335B2 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-08-25 Glaxo Group Limited Androstane 17α-carbonate derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic and inflammatory conditions
WO2009111214A1 (en) 2008-03-06 2009-09-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f]indazole sulfonamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2009147190A1 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2009147187A1 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 Glaxo Group Limited 4-carboxamide indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of p13-kinases
WO2009150137A2 (en) 2008-06-10 2009-12-17 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP2157087A1 (en) 2005-12-20 2010-02-24 Glaxo Group Limited 3-(4-{[4-(4-{[3-(3,3-dimethyl-1-piperidinyl)propyl]oxy}phenyl)-1-piperidinyl]carbonyl}-1-naphthalenyl)propanoic or propenoic acid as h1 and h3 receptor antagonists for the treatment of inflammatory and/or allergic disorders
US7728030B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2010-06-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds 572
WO2010068311A1 (en) 2008-05-23 2010-06-17 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5-lipoxygenase-activating protein inhibitor
EP2206499A1 (en) 2004-11-02 2010-07-14 Novartis AG Quinuclidine derivatives and their use as muscarinic m3 receptor antagonists
WO2010094643A1 (en) 2009-02-17 2010-08-26 Glaxo Group Limited Quinoline derivatives and their uses for rhinitis and urticaria
WO2010102958A1 (en) 2009-03-09 2010-09-16 Glaxo Group Limited 4-oxadiazol-2 -yl- indazoles as inhibitors of p13 kinases
WO2010102968A1 (en) 2009-03-10 2010-09-16 Glaxo Group Limited Indole derivatives as ikk2 inhibitors
WO2010106016A1 (en) 2009-03-17 2010-09-23 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrimidine derivatives used as itk inhibitors
WO2010107958A1 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF SIGNAL TRANSDUCER AND ACTIVATOR OF TRANSCRIPTION 6 (STAT6) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010107955A2 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF BTB AND CNC HOMOLOGY 1, BASIC LEUCINE ZIPPER TRANSCRIPTION FACTOR 1 (BACH 1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA) SEQUENCE LISTING
WO2010107957A2 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF GATA BINDING PROTEIN 3 (GATA3) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010107952A2 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF CONNECTIVE TISSUE GROWTH FACTOR (CTGF) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111471A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF SIGNAL TRANSDUCER AND ACTIVATOR OF TRANSCRIPTION 1 (STAT1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111464A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF APOPTOSIS SIGNAL-REGULATING KINASE 1 (ASK1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111497A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE INTERCELLULAR ADHESION MOLECULE 1 (ICAM-1)GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111468A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE NERVE GROWTH FACTOR BETA CHAIN (NGFß) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (SINA)
WO2010111490A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE THYMIC STROMAL LYMPHOPOIETIN (TSLP) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010122088A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole and triazole carboxamides as crac channel inhibitors
WO2010122089A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Glaxo Group Limited N-pyrazolyl carboxamides as crac channel inhibitors
EP2253612A1 (en) 2005-04-14 2010-11-24 Novartis AG Organic compounds
EP2268630A2 (en) * 2008-02-26 2011-01-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hexahydrocyclopentylýf¨indazole carboxamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP2279777A2 (en) 2007-01-10 2011-02-02 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as channel activating protease inhibitors
EP2281819A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2011-02-09 Novartis AG Benzimidazolyl or benzoxazolyl derivatives
EP2286813A2 (en) 2006-01-31 2011-02-23 Novartis AG Use of naphthyridine derivatives as medicaments
EP2292619A1 (en) 2004-10-22 2011-03-09 Novartis AG Purine derivatives for use as adenonsin A-2A receptor agonists
WO2011050325A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2011-04-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions for treatment of cystic fibrosis and other chronic diseases
WO2011067366A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives as pi 3 - kinase inhibitors
WO2011067364A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2011067365A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of p13 kinases
EP2332933A1 (en) 2007-05-07 2011-06-15 Novartis AG Epithelial sodium channel (ENaC) inhibitors
WO2011084316A2 (en) 2009-12-16 2011-07-14 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulations and methods for controlling mdi particle size delivery
WO2011110575A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Glaxo Group Limited Derivatives of 2-[2-(benzo- or pyrido-) thiazolylamino]-6-aminopyridine, useful in the treatment of respiratoric, allergic or inflammatory diseases
WO2011113894A1 (en) 2010-03-19 2011-09-22 Novartis Ag Pyridine and pyrazine derivative for the treatment of cf
US8030340B2 (en) 2006-11-23 2011-10-04 Astrazeneca Ab Indazolyl sulphonamide derivatives useful as glucocorticoid modulators
WO2011134971A1 (en) 2010-04-29 2011-11-03 Glaxo Group Limited 7-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-1,6-naphthyridine compounds as syk inhibitors
CN101768608B (en) * 2009-12-31 2012-02-08 杭州师范大学 Method utilizing one-pot method to synthesize Wieland-Michelle ketone compound
WO2012032065A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
WO2012034091A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Imidazo [1, 2] pyridazin compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012032067A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Glaxo Group Limited Polymorphs and salts of n- [5- [4- (5- { [(2r,6s) -2, 6 - dimethyl - 4 -morpholinyl] methyl} - 1, 3 - oxazol - 2 - yl) - 1h- inda zol-6-yl] -2- (methyloxy) - 3 - pyridinyl] methanesulfonamide
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012035158A1 (en) 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as enac blockers
WO2012035055A1 (en) 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
EP2436686A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2012-04-04 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrimidopyridine compound used as a CSBP/RK/p38 modulator
EP2436697A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2012-04-04 Glaxo Group Limited Chimeric and humanised monoclonal antibodies against interleukin-13
EP2444120A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2012-04-25 Novartis AG Spirocyclic amiloride analogues as ENac blockers
WO2012052459A1 (en) 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole compounds acting against allergic, inflammatory and immune disorders
WO2012052458A1 (en) 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole compounds acting against allergic, immune and inflammatory conditions
WO2012055846A1 (en) 2010-10-27 2012-05-03 Glaxo Group Limited Polymorphs and salts of 6-(1h-indol-4-yl)-4-(5- { [4-(1-methylethyl)-1-pi perazinyl] methyl} -1,3-oxazol-2-yl)-1h-indazole as pi3k inhibitors for use in the treatment of e.g. respiratory disorders
US8211930B2 (en) 2008-05-20 2012-07-03 Astrazeneca Ab Phenyl and benzodioxinyl substituted indazoles derivatives
WO2012116217A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
EP2493302A1 (en) * 2009-10-30 2012-09-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f]indazole pyridyl ethanols and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2012123311A1 (en) 2011-03-11 2012-09-20 Glaxo Group Limited Pyridinyl- and pyrazinyl -methyloxy - aryl derivatives useful as inhibitors of spleen tyrosine kinase (syk)
WO2012123312A1 (en) 2011-03-11 2012-09-20 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine derivatives as syk inhibitors
US8309730B2 (en) 2007-11-01 2012-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Nonsteroidal compounds useful as modulators of glucocorticoid receptor AP-1 and/or NF-kappab acitivity and use thereof
EP2532679A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-12-12 Novartis AG Human antibodies against il13 and therapeutic uses
WO2013030802A1 (en) 2011-09-01 2013-03-07 Novartis Ag Bicyclic heterocycle derivatives for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension
WO2013038381A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine/pyrazine amide derivatives
WO2013038373A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine amide derivatives
WO2013038390A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag N-substituted heterocyclyl carboxamides
WO2013038378A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine amide derivatives
WO2013038386A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
WO2013049559A1 (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridine derivatives
CN103140476A (en) * 2010-08-10 2013-06-05 Abbvie公司 Novel trpv3 modulators
WO2013140319A1 (en) 2012-03-19 2013-09-26 Novartis Ag Crystalline form of a succinate salt
US8772499B2 (en) 2011-10-24 2014-07-08 Abbvie Inc. TRPV3 modulators
US8809372B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2014-08-19 Asana Biosciences, Llc Pyridine derivatives
WO2014132220A1 (en) 2013-03-01 2014-09-04 Novartis Ag Solid forms of bicyclic heterocyclic derivatives as pdgf receptor mediators
WO2014198909A1 (en) 2013-06-14 2014-12-18 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Rac1 inhibitors for inducing bronchodilation
WO2015042078A2 (en) 2013-09-22 2015-03-26 Calitor Sciences, Llc Substituted aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
US9012651B2 (en) 2011-03-24 2015-04-21 Abbvie Inc. TRPV3 modulators
WO2015055691A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2015-04-23 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Pi3k inhibitor for treatment of respiratory disease
WO2015055690A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2015-04-23 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Pi3k inhibitor for treatment of respiratory disease
EP2899191A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2015-07-29 Glaxo Group Limited Oxazole substituted indazoles as pi3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015162461A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015162459A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Novartis Ag Amino pyrazine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015162456A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Novartis Ag Amino pyridine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015173701A2 (en) 2014-05-12 2015-11-19 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No. 2) Limited Pharmaceutical compositions for treating infectious diseases
WO2017044434A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
WO2017137535A1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Chemical compounds as inhibitors of kinase activity
WO2018029126A1 (en) 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Chemical compounds
EP3312164A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-04-25 Calitor Sciences, LLC Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
WO2018191283A1 (en) * 2017-04-11 2018-10-18 Oric Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2018192864A1 (en) 2017-04-18 2018-10-25 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Oxepinopyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of pi3-kinase activity
WO2019020657A1 (en) 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Pyridine-3-sulfonamide compounds as pi3-kinase inhibitors
WO2019099311A1 (en) 2017-11-19 2019-05-23 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
WO2019143874A1 (en) 2018-01-20 2019-07-25 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
EP3603634A1 (en) 2004-05-18 2020-02-05 Novartis AG Pharmaceutical composition containing glycopyrrolate and a beta2 adrenoceptor agonist
WO2020076999A1 (en) * 2018-10-10 2020-04-16 Oric Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2020152193A1 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-07-30 Akribes Biomedical Gmbh Selective glucocorticoid receptor modifiers for treating impaired skin wound healing
WO2020250116A1 (en) 2019-06-10 2020-12-17 Novartis Ag Pyridine and pyrazine derivative for the treatment of cf, copd, and bronchiectasis
WO2021038426A1 (en) 2019-08-28 2021-03-04 Novartis Ag Substituted 1,3-phenyl heteroaryl derivatives and their use in the treatment of disease
WO2021191875A1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cathepsin inhibitors for preventing or treating viral infections

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006044232A1 (en) * 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Ophthalmic compositions for treating ocular hypertension
WO2011031574A1 (en) * 2009-09-08 2011-03-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HEXAHYDROCYCLOPENTA[f]INDAZOLE 5-YL ETHANOLS AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF AS SELECTIVE GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR MODULATORS
WO2011087946A1 (en) * 2010-01-15 2011-07-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Screening assay employing dex and gdf8
AU2012272898A1 (en) 2011-06-24 2013-04-11 Amgen Inc. TRPM8 antagonists and their use in treatments
US8710043B2 (en) 2011-06-24 2014-04-29 Amgen Inc. TRPM8 antagonists and their use in treatments
US8952009B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2015-02-10 Amgen Inc. Chroman derivatives as TRPM8 inhibitors
TW201422590A (en) 2012-09-07 2014-06-16 Abbvie Inc Heterocyclic nuclear hormone receptor modulators
EP2935284A4 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-04-27 Abbvie Inc Heterocyclic nuclear hormone receptor modulators
HUE055262T2 (en) 2014-08-11 2021-11-29 Angion Biomedica Corp Cytochrome p450 inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2015374231B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2020-07-23 Angion Biomedica Corp. Methods and agents for treating disease

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4166452A (en) 1976-05-03 1979-09-04 Generales Constantine D J Jr Apparatus for testing human responses to stimuli
US4256108A (en) 1977-04-07 1981-03-17 Alza Corporation Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system
US4265874A (en) 1980-04-25 1981-05-05 Alza Corporation Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2727367A1 (en) * 1977-06-14 1979-01-04 Schering Ag NEW CORTICOIDS
DE3261485D1 (en) * 1981-02-19 1985-01-24 Sterling Drug Inc Phenylpyrazole compounds useful as anti-inflammatory agents and preparation thereof
US4349559A (en) * 1981-02-19 1982-09-14 Sterling Drug Inc. Anti-inflammatory spiro-2H-indene-[2,3']-3H-pyrazolo[4",5":7',6']naphtho[2,1-b]pyran-1,3-dione derivatives
US4412995A (en) 1981-02-19 1983-11-01 Sterling Drug Inc. Pentacyclic phenylpyrazole compounds as anti-inflammatory agents
US4349558A (en) * 1981-02-19 1982-09-14 Sterling Drug Inc. Anti-inflammatory 8H-phenanthro-[2,3-c]pyrazole derivatives
US6506766B1 (en) 1998-02-13 2003-01-14 Abbott Laboratories Glucocortiocoid-selective antinflammatory agents
IL137508A0 (en) 1998-02-13 2001-07-24 Abbott Lab Glucocorticoid-selective anti-inflammatory agents
EP1467730A4 (en) * 2002-01-22 2010-03-10 Univ California Non-steroidal ligands for the glucocorticoid receptor, compositions and uses thereof
JP4648303B2 (en) * 2003-02-25 2011-03-09 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション Selective non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4166452A (en) 1976-05-03 1979-09-04 Generales Constantine D J Jr Apparatus for testing human responses to stimuli
US4256108A (en) 1977-04-07 1981-03-17 Alza Corporation Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system
US4265874A (en) 1980-04-25 1981-05-05 Alza Corporation Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ORG. SYTH., vol. 63, 1985, pages 26 - 36
ORG. SYTH., vol. 63, 1985, pages 37 - 43
SETROIDS, vol. 2, 1963, pages 399
SYTH. COMMUN., vol. 24, 1994, pages 279 - 292

Cited By (163)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6831093B2 (en) 2002-01-22 2004-12-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Non-steroidal ligands for the glucocorticoid receptor, compositions and uses thereof
US7947726B2 (en) 2002-01-22 2011-05-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Non-steroidal ligands for the glucocorticoid receptor, and compositions thereof
US7485660B2 (en) 2002-01-22 2009-02-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Non-steroidal ligands for the glucocorticoid receptor, compositions and uses thereof
US7411073B2 (en) 2003-02-25 2008-08-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Selective non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP1599201A2 (en) * 2003-02-25 2005-11-30 Merck & Co., Inc. Selective non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2004075840A2 (en) 2003-02-25 2004-09-10 Merck & Co. Inc. Selective non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP1599201A4 (en) * 2003-02-25 2007-01-24 Merck & Co Inc Selective non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators
US7662846B2 (en) 2003-04-23 2010-02-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Selective spirocyclic glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP1617806A2 (en) * 2003-04-23 2006-01-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Selective spirocyclic glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP1617806A4 (en) * 2003-04-23 2006-11-02 Merck & Co Inc Selective spirocyclic glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP2380898A1 (en) 2003-07-11 2011-10-26 Glaxo Group Limited Process to make glucocortisoid compounds
US7638508B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2009-12-29 Glaxo Group Limited Glucocorticosteroid compound having anti-inflammatory activity
US7288536B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2007-10-30 Glaxo Group Limited Specific glucocorticosteroid compound having anti-inflammatory activity
WO2005005451A1 (en) 2003-07-11 2005-01-20 Glaxo Group Limited Specific glucocorticosteroid compound having anti- inflammatory activity
US7291609B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2007-11-06 Glaxo Group Limited Specific glucocorticosteroid compound having anti-inflammatory activity
US7524970B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2009-04-28 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
WO2005005452A1 (en) 2003-07-11 2005-01-20 Glaxo Group Limited Specific glucocorticosteroid compound having anti- inflammatory activity
EP2281819A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2011-02-09 Novartis AG Benzimidazolyl or benzoxazolyl derivatives
EP3603634A1 (en) 2004-05-18 2020-02-05 Novartis AG Pharmaceutical composition containing glycopyrrolate and a beta2 adrenoceptor agonist
WO2005116037A1 (en) 2004-05-24 2005-12-08 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivative
EP2436697A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2012-04-04 Glaxo Group Limited Chimeric and humanised monoclonal antibodies against interleukin-13
EP2292619A1 (en) 2004-10-22 2011-03-09 Novartis AG Purine derivatives for use as adenonsin A-2A receptor agonists
EP2206499A1 (en) 2004-11-02 2010-07-14 Novartis AG Quinuclidine derivatives and their use as muscarinic m3 receptor antagonists
EP2305659A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2011-04-06 Novartis AG 5-hydroxy-benzothiazole derivatives having beta-2-adrenoreceptor agonist activity
WO2006056471A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Novartis Ag 5-hydroxy-benzothiazole derivatives having beta-2-adrenorecptor agonist activity
US7579335B2 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-08-25 Glaxo Group Limited Androstane 17α-carbonate derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic and inflammatory conditions
WO2006104889A2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-10-05 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
EP2436686A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2012-04-04 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrimidopyridine compound used as a CSBP/RK/p38 modulator
EP2447266A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2012-05-02 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrimidopyridine compound used as a CSBP/RK/p38 modulator
EP2253612A1 (en) 2005-04-14 2010-11-24 Novartis AG Organic compounds
US7888381B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity, and use thereof
WO2006138373A2 (en) 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company MODULATORS OF GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR, AP-1, AND/OR NF-kB ACTIVITY AND USE THEREOF
WO2007009757A1 (en) 2005-07-19 2007-01-25 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivatives as agonists of the adenosine a2a receptor
EP1916896A4 (en) * 2005-08-26 2010-08-11 Univ California Non-steroidal antiandrogens
EP1916896A2 (en) * 2005-08-26 2008-05-07 The Regents of The University of California Non-steroidal antiandrogens
US7645885B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-01-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Non-steroidal antiandrogens
JP2009506077A (en) * 2005-08-26 2009-02-12 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア Non-steroidal antiandrogen
EP2532677A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-12-12 Novartis AG Human antibodies against il13 and therapeutic uses
EP2532679A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-12-12 Novartis AG Human antibodies against il13 and therapeutic uses
EP2157087A1 (en) 2005-12-20 2010-02-24 Glaxo Group Limited 3-(4-{[4-(4-{[3-(3,3-dimethyl-1-piperidinyl)propyl]oxy}phenyl)-1-piperidinyl]carbonyl}-1-naphthalenyl)propanoic or propenoic acid as h1 and h3 receptor antagonists for the treatment of inflammatory and/or allergic disorders
WO2007071400A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as epithelial sodium channel blocker
EP2286813A2 (en) 2006-01-31 2011-02-23 Novartis AG Use of naphthyridine derivatives as medicaments
WO2007122165A1 (en) 2006-04-20 2007-11-01 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2007121920A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-11-01 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists
EP2322525A1 (en) 2006-04-21 2011-05-18 Novartis AG Purine derivatives for use as adenosin A2A receptor agonists
WO2007144327A2 (en) 2006-06-12 2007-12-21 Glaxo Group Limited Phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as non-steroidal glucocoricoid receptor ligands
WO2008060391A2 (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-22 Merck & Co., Inc. 2- [l-phenyl-5-hydr0xy-4alpha-methyl-hexahydr0cycl0penta[f] indaz0l-5-yl] ethyl phenyl derivatives as glucocorticoid receptor ligands
WO2008051532A1 (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-02 Merck & Co., Inc. 2-[1-phenyl-5-hydroxy or methoxy-4alpha-methyl-hexahydroclopenta[f]indazol-5-yl]ethyl phenyl derivatives as glucocorticoid receptor ligands
WO2008060391A3 (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-09-25 Merck & Co Inc 2- [l-phenyl-5-hydr0xy-4alpha-methyl-hexahydr0cycl0penta[f] indaz0l-5-yl] ethyl phenyl derivatives as glucocorticoid receptor ligands
US8119681B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2012-02-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-[1-phenyl-5-hydroxy or methoxy-4alpha-methyl-hexahydrocyclopenta [ƒ]indazole-5-YL]ethyl phenyl derivatives as glucocorticoid receptor ligands
US8030340B2 (en) 2006-11-23 2011-10-04 Astrazeneca Ab Indazolyl sulphonamide derivatives useful as glucocorticoid modulators
US8143290B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2012-03-27 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds 572
US7728030B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2010-06-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds 572
EP2279777A2 (en) 2007-01-10 2011-02-02 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as channel activating protease inhibitors
WO2008118724A1 (en) 2007-03-23 2008-10-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Indole carboxamides as ikk2 inhibitors
EP2332933A1 (en) 2007-05-07 2011-06-15 Novartis AG Epithelial sodium channel (ENaC) inhibitors
US8309730B2 (en) 2007-11-01 2012-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Nonsteroidal compounds useful as modulators of glucocorticoid receptor AP-1 and/or NF-kappab acitivity and use thereof
EP2444120A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2012-04-25 Novartis AG Spirocyclic amiloride analogues as ENac blockers
EP2520574A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2012-11-07 Novartis AG Amiloride analogues substituted on the cyclic guanidine moiety as ENaC blockers for treating respiratory diseases
EP2268630A2 (en) * 2008-02-26 2011-01-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hexahydrocyclopentylýf¨indazole carboxamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
AU2009217493B2 (en) * 2008-02-26 2013-06-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f]indazole carboxamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
US8338472B2 (en) 2008-02-26 2012-12-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hexahydrocyclopentyl[F]indazole carboxamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP2268630A4 (en) * 2008-02-26 2011-03-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Hexahydrocyclopentylýf¨indazole carboxamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2009111214A1 (en) 2008-03-06 2009-09-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f]indazole sulfonamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP2265273A4 (en) * 2008-03-06 2011-03-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f] indazole sulfonamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP2265273A1 (en) * 2008-03-06 2010-12-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f] indazole sulfonamides and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
US8211930B2 (en) 2008-05-20 2012-07-03 Astrazeneca Ab Phenyl and benzodioxinyl substituted indazoles derivatives
US9738632B2 (en) 2008-05-20 2017-08-22 Astrazeneca Ab Phenyl and benzodioxinyl substituted indazoles derivatives
US9512110B2 (en) 2008-05-20 2016-12-06 Astrazeneca Ab Phenyl and benzodioxinyl substituted indazoles derivatives
US8916600B2 (en) 2008-05-20 2014-12-23 Astrazeneca Ab Phenyl and benzodioxinyl substituted indazoles derivatives
WO2010068311A1 (en) 2008-05-23 2010-06-17 Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5-lipoxygenase-activating protein inhibitor
WO2009147187A1 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 Glaxo Group Limited 4-carboxamide indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of p13-kinases
WO2009147190A1 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2009150137A2 (en) 2008-06-10 2009-12-17 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2010094643A1 (en) 2009-02-17 2010-08-26 Glaxo Group Limited Quinoline derivatives and their uses for rhinitis and urticaria
WO2010102958A1 (en) 2009-03-09 2010-09-16 Glaxo Group Limited 4-oxadiazol-2 -yl- indazoles as inhibitors of p13 kinases
WO2010102968A1 (en) 2009-03-10 2010-09-16 Glaxo Group Limited Indole derivatives as ikk2 inhibitors
WO2010106016A1 (en) 2009-03-17 2010-09-23 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrimidine derivatives used as itk inhibitors
WO2010107958A1 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF SIGNAL TRANSDUCER AND ACTIVATOR OF TRANSCRIPTION 6 (STAT6) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010107955A2 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF BTB AND CNC HOMOLOGY 1, BASIC LEUCINE ZIPPER TRANSCRIPTION FACTOR 1 (BACH 1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA) SEQUENCE LISTING
WO2010107957A2 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF GATA BINDING PROTEIN 3 (GATA3) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010107952A2 (en) 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF CONNECTIVE TISSUE GROWTH FACTOR (CTGF) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111464A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF APOPTOSIS SIGNAL-REGULATING KINASE 1 (ASK1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111471A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF SIGNAL TRANSDUCER AND ACTIVATOR OF TRANSCRIPTION 1 (STAT1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111497A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE INTERCELLULAR ADHESION MOLECULE 1 (ICAM-1)GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010111468A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE NERVE GROWTH FACTOR BETA CHAIN (NGFß) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (SINA)
WO2010111490A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF THE THYMIC STROMAL LYMPHOPOIETIN (TSLP) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2010122089A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Glaxo Group Limited N-pyrazolyl carboxamides as crac channel inhibitors
WO2010122088A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole and triazole carboxamides as crac channel inhibitors
EP2899191A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2015-07-29 Glaxo Group Limited Oxazole substituted indazoles as pi3-kinase inhibitors
EP3260453A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2017-12-27 Glaxo Group Limited Oxazole substituted indazoles as pi3-kinase inhibitors
WO2011050325A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2011-04-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions for treatment of cystic fibrosis and other chronic diseases
EP2813227A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2014-12-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions for treatment of cystic fibrosis and other chronic diseases
EP2493302A4 (en) * 2009-10-30 2013-04-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f]indazole pyridyl ethanols and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
EP2493302A1 (en) * 2009-10-30 2012-09-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hexahydrocyclopentyl[f]indazole pyridyl ethanols and derivatives thereof as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2011067366A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives as pi 3 - kinase inhibitors
WO2011067364A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2011067365A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of p13 kinases
EP3020393A1 (en) 2009-12-16 2016-05-18 3M Innovative Properties Company of 3M Center Formulations and methods for controlling mdi particle size delivery
WO2011084316A2 (en) 2009-12-16 2011-07-14 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulations and methods for controlling mdi particle size delivery
CN101768608B (en) * 2009-12-31 2012-02-08 杭州师范大学 Method utilizing one-pot method to synthesize Wieland-Michelle ketone compound
WO2011110575A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Glaxo Group Limited Derivatives of 2-[2-(benzo- or pyrido-) thiazolylamino]-6-aminopyridine, useful in the treatment of respiratoric, allergic or inflammatory diseases
WO2011113894A1 (en) 2010-03-19 2011-09-22 Novartis Ag Pyridine and pyrazine derivative for the treatment of cf
EP2845593A1 (en) 2010-03-19 2015-03-11 Novartis AG Pyridine and pyrazine derivative for the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
WO2011134971A1 (en) 2010-04-29 2011-11-03 Glaxo Group Limited 7-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-1,6-naphthyridine compounds as syk inhibitors
CN103140476A (en) * 2010-08-10 2013-06-05 Abbvie公司 Novel trpv3 modulators
US9156788B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2015-10-13 Abbvie Inc. TRPV3 modulators
EP2603490A4 (en) * 2010-08-10 2014-01-01 Abbvie Inc Novel trpv3 modulators
EP2603490A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2013-06-19 AbbVie Inc. Novel trpv3 modulators
WO2012032065A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
WO2012032067A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Glaxo Group Limited Polymorphs and salts of n- [5- [4- (5- { [(2r,6s) -2, 6 - dimethyl - 4 -morpholinyl] methyl} - 1, 3 - oxazol - 2 - yl) - 1h- inda zol-6-yl] -2- (methyloxy) - 3 - pyridinyl] methanesulfonamide
WO2012034091A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Imidazo [1, 2] pyridazin compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012035055A1 (en) 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2012035158A1 (en) 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as enac blockers
WO2012052458A1 (en) 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole compounds acting against allergic, immune and inflammatory conditions
WO2012052459A1 (en) 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazole compounds acting against allergic, inflammatory and immune disorders
WO2012055846A1 (en) 2010-10-27 2012-05-03 Glaxo Group Limited Polymorphs and salts of 6-(1h-indol-4-yl)-4-(5- { [4-(1-methylethyl)-1-pi perazinyl] methyl} -1,3-oxazol-2-yl)-1h-indazole as pi3k inhibitors for use in the treatment of e.g. respiratory disorders
EP3447055A1 (en) 2010-10-27 2019-02-27 Glaxo Group Limited Combinations of polymorphs and salts of 6-(1h-indol-4-yl)-4-(5-{[4-(1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)-1h-indazole as pi3k inhibitors for use in the treatment of e.g. respiratory disorders
WO2012116217A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
EP2937344A1 (en) 2011-03-11 2015-10-28 Glaxo Group Limited Pyridinyl- and pyrazinyl -methyloxy - aryl derivatives useful as inhibitors of spleen tyrosine kinase (syk)
WO2012123312A1 (en) 2011-03-11 2012-09-20 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine derivatives as syk inhibitors
WO2012123311A1 (en) 2011-03-11 2012-09-20 Glaxo Group Limited Pyridinyl- and pyrazinyl -methyloxy - aryl derivatives useful as inhibitors of spleen tyrosine kinase (syk)
US9012651B2 (en) 2011-03-24 2015-04-21 Abbvie Inc. TRPV3 modulators
WO2013030802A1 (en) 2011-09-01 2013-03-07 Novartis Ag Bicyclic heterocycle derivatives for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension
WO2013038386A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
WO2013038390A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag N-substituted heterocyclyl carboxamides
WO2013038378A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine amide derivatives
WO2013038381A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine/pyrazine amide derivatives
WO2013038373A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine amide derivatives
US8809372B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2014-08-19 Asana Biosciences, Llc Pyridine derivatives
US9533981B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2017-01-03 Asana Biosciences, Llc Pyridine derivatives
WO2013049559A1 (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridine derivatives
US9371316B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-06-21 Asana Biosciences, Llc Pyridine derivatives
US9266873B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-02-23 Asana Biosciences, Llc Pyridine derivatives
US8772500B2 (en) 2011-10-24 2014-07-08 Abbvie Inc. TRPV3 modulators
US8772499B2 (en) 2011-10-24 2014-07-08 Abbvie Inc. TRPV3 modulators
WO2013140319A1 (en) 2012-03-19 2013-09-26 Novartis Ag Crystalline form of a succinate salt
WO2014132220A1 (en) 2013-03-01 2014-09-04 Novartis Ag Solid forms of bicyclic heterocyclic derivatives as pdgf receptor mediators
WO2014198909A1 (en) 2013-06-14 2014-12-18 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Rac1 inhibitors for inducing bronchodilation
WO2015042078A2 (en) 2013-09-22 2015-03-26 Calitor Sciences, Llc Substituted aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
WO2015042077A1 (en) 2013-09-22 2015-03-26 Calitor Sciences, Llc Substituted aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
WO2015055690A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2015-04-23 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Pi3k inhibitor for treatment of respiratory disease
WO2015055691A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2015-04-23 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Pi3k inhibitor for treatment of respiratory disease
EP3327006A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-05-30 Calitor Sciences, LLC Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
EP3312164A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-04-25 Calitor Sciences, LLC Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
WO2015162461A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015162459A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Novartis Ag Amino pyrazine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015162456A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Novartis Ag Amino pyridine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015173701A2 (en) 2014-05-12 2015-11-19 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No. 2) Limited Pharmaceutical compositions for treating infectious diseases
WO2017044434A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
WO2017137535A1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Chemical compounds as inhibitors of kinase activity
WO2018029126A1 (en) 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Chemical compounds
WO2018191283A1 (en) * 2017-04-11 2018-10-18 Oric Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2018192864A1 (en) 2017-04-18 2018-10-25 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Oxepinopyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of pi3-kinase activity
WO2019020657A1 (en) 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Pyridine-3-sulfonamide compounds as pi3-kinase inhibitors
WO2019099311A1 (en) 2017-11-19 2019-05-23 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods of use
WO2019143874A1 (en) 2018-01-20 2019-07-25 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Substituted aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
WO2020076999A1 (en) * 2018-10-10 2020-04-16 Oric Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2020152193A1 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-07-30 Akribes Biomedical Gmbh Selective glucocorticoid receptor modifiers for treating impaired skin wound healing
WO2020250116A1 (en) 2019-06-10 2020-12-17 Novartis Ag Pyridine and pyrazine derivative for the treatment of cf, copd, and bronchiectasis
WO2021038426A1 (en) 2019-08-28 2021-03-04 Novartis Ag Substituted 1,3-phenyl heteroaryl derivatives and their use in the treatment of disease
WO2021191875A1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cathepsin inhibitors for preventing or treating viral infections

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2003086294A3 (en) 2004-07-15
JP2005528385A (en) 2005-09-22
EP1496892A4 (en) 2006-01-25
DE60335869D1 (en) 2011-03-10
AU2003221706B2 (en) 2008-02-28
US7282591B2 (en) 2007-10-16
EP1496892B1 (en) 2011-01-26
US20050256315A1 (en) 2005-11-17
CA2481320A1 (en) 2003-10-23
ATE496620T1 (en) 2011-02-15
AU2003221706A1 (en) 2003-10-27
US20080076795A1 (en) 2008-03-27
EP1496892A2 (en) 2005-01-19
JP4570878B2 (en) 2010-10-27
US7625937B2 (en) 2009-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2003221706B2 (en) 1H-Benzo[F]indazol-5-YL derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
CA2512987C (en) 17-carbamoyloxy cortisol derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2004026248A2 (en) Octahydro-2-h-naphtho[1,2-f] indole-4-carboxamide derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
AU2004216182B2 (en) Selective non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor modulators
JP4739191B2 (en) Selective spirocyclic glucocorticoid receptor modulators
WO2011053574A1 (en) 2- [1-PHENYL-5-HYDROXY-4a-SUBSTITUTED-HEXAHYDROCYCLOPENTA [F] INDAZOL-5-YL] ETHYL PHENYL DERIVATIVES AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR LIGANDS
US20120172397A1 (en) HEXAHYDROCYCLOPENTA[f]INDAZOLE 5-YL ETHANOLS AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF AS SELECTIVE GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR MODULATORS

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003718285

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2481320

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003221706

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 2003583321

Country of ref document: JP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003718285

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10508897

Country of ref document: US